safety health procedures manual

SAFETY & HEALTH PROCEDURES MANUAL

Pro Electric, L.C. 5320 Speaker Road

Kansas City, Kansas 66106

Telephone: (913) 621-6611 Fax: (913) 621-0843 Website: www.proelectriclc.com

CONTRACTING - ENGINEERING - DESIGN/BUILD - VOICE/DATA - HVAC POWER AND CONTROL WIRING FIRE ALARM - LIGHTING RETROFIT - 24HR SERVICE DEPARTMENT

http://www.proelectriclc.com/

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Rev. July 2019

2

SAFETY & HEALTH PROCEDURES MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUBJECT SECTION PAGE

Safety & Health Procedures ............................................................................1………… 4

Corporate Safety Policy...................................................................................2………… 5

Equal Employment Opportunity Policy ............................................................3...............6

Safety & Health Program Administration .........................................................4...............7

Drug & Alcohol Abuse Policy...........................................................................5..............12

Hazard Communication Program ....................................................................6..............16

Bloodborne Pathogens Policy .........................................................................7..............20

Personal Protective Equipment .......................................................................8..............24

Fall Protection Program...................................................................................9..............29

Electrical Safety Program ...............................................................................10.............37

Excavation & Trenching Program...................................................................11.............60

Hazardous Energy Control Program ..............................................................12.............6 5

Hand & Power Tool Program .........................................................................13.............69

Confined Space Program ................................................................................14............70

Housekeeping .................................................................................................15............80

Fire Protection & Prevention Program.............................................................16............82

Welding & Burning...........................................................................................17............86

Compressed Air/Gas Cylinders .......................................................................18............88

Back Injury Prevention/Lifting Program ...........................................................19............89

Ladder Program .............................................................................................. 20........... 90

Scaffold Program .............................................................................................21...........92

Aerial and Scissor Lift Program ........................................................................22...........95

Emergency Action Plan ....................................................................................23........... 99

OSHA Inspection Procedures ..........................................................................24...........102

Vehicle Fleet Safety Policy ...............................................................................25...........108

Asbestos Safety Policy.....................................................................................26...........112

Job Hazard Analysis Program ..........................................................................27...........115

Subcontractor Management Program ..............................................................28...........117

Powered Industrial Trucks Program .................................................................29...........118

Silica Exposure Control Program .....................................................................30...........124

Working Alone Policy .......................................................................................31...........141

Heat & Cold Stress Policy ................................................................................32...........143 Ammonia Awareness and Exposure Program…………………………………. 33……….144

Field Rigging and Material Handling Program………………………………….. 34………151


3

SAFETY & HEALTH PROCEDURES MANUAL APPENDIX

SUBJECT APPENDIX NO. PAGE

Excavation Checklist .................................................................................1A..............162

Accident Report Form ...............................................................................2A..............164

Safety and Health Audit Form ...................................................................3A..............165

Employee Warning Notice .........................................................................4A..............166

Employee Emergency Notification Form.................................. .................5A………...167

Aerial/Scissor Lift Inspection Checklist .....................................................6A…………168

Confined Space Entry Checklist ................................................................7A…………169

Body Harness & Lanyard Inspection Report .............................................8A…………170

OSHA Inspection Questionnaire Form. .....................................................9A………….171

Employee Authorization Form for Motor Vehicle Report(MVR) Review …10A………….173

Asbestos Subcontractor Pre-Project Checklist ..........................................11A………...174

Lockout/Tagout Log...................................................................................12A…………175

Powered Industrial Truck Inspection Form ................................................13A…………176

Quarterly Portable Ladder Inspection Form………………………………….14A…………177

Subcontractor Safety Inquiry Form .............................................................15A…………178

Energized Electrical Work Permit ...............................................................16A…………179

Pre-T ask Analysis .....................................................................................17A…………180

Job Hazard Analysis...................................................................................18A…………182

Hot Work Permit .........................................................................................19A…………183

Silica Exposure Control Plan ......................................................................20A…………191

Silica Medical Surveillance/Report Authorization Form ..............................21A…………194

Field Rigging and Material Handling Form………………………………………..22A……………196


4

SAFETY & HEALTH PROCEDURES SECTION 1

The following safety and health procedures are implemented for the protection of our employees. It is not intended that any project's safety and health procedures be confined to the following requirements. These procedures are usually general, and should be used in conjunction with more specific federal, state and local regulations. Whenever the two conflict, the more stringent regulations shall apply.

Employees are urged to offer comments or suggestions concerning jobsite safety and health directly to the Safety Director, as well as to their immediate supervisor. All concerns will be reviewed and given immediate attention.


5

CORPORATE SAFETY POLICY SECTION 2

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to perform all work with the highest regard to safety of all of our employees, contract associates, and general public.

The management of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. has established a Safety and Health Program to provide a safe and healthy work place and is committed to abide by all regulations as they apply to our industry, as set forth in federal, state and local standards, and exercise good practices as dictated by circumstances and locations.

Safety is of utmost importance in the performance of all duties and must not be neglected in emergencies or because of undue haste.

Sincerely,

Amy Weber Vice-President PRO ELECTRIC, L.C.


6

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POLICY SECTION 3

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. is totally dedicated to non-discrimination and affirmative action in employment. It is the policy of the company to comply with Federal Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, which prohibits discrimination against any employee or applicant for employment on the basis of race, color, religion, Vietnam Veteran, sex, age, political beliefs, mental handicap, disabilities, in regard to any position for which the applicant is qualified.

Any discriminatory act resulting from insult, intimidation or harassment in any form should promptly be reported to your immediate supervisor, other levels of management, or to me by telephone at (913) 621-6611 or e-mail at [email protected] investigation and corrective action as deemed appropriate. Any employee who engages in this type of behavior shall be reprimanded and counseled to refrain from such conduct. Any employee who continues to engage in such conduct shall receive progressively more severe discipline, including termination of employment.

This policy shall be periodically brought to the attention of all supervisory personnel and shall be administered with a positive attitude. It is the responsibility of each supervisory personnel to insure the affirmative implementation of this policy.

No employee will be discriminated against in any way for reporting violations of this policy. Employee complaints will be handled with strict confidentiality.

Sincerely, Shaun Canon Safety Director/Field Superintendent PRO ELECTRIC, L.C.

mailto:[email protected]


7

SAFETY & HEALTH PROGRAM ADMINSTRATION SECTION 4

A. SAFETY DIRECTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

Shaun Canon, Safety Director/Field Superintendent PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Telephone: (913) 621-6611 Mobile: (816) 726-4518 Fax: (913) 621-0843 Email: [email protected]

1. Reviews accident reports. 2. Conducts jobsite safety audits utilizing “Safety and Health Audit Checklist

Appendix 5-A” or equivalent documentation. 3. Responds to OSHA regarding any safety and health violations. 4. Sits in on OSHA violation/citation meetings at jobsite(s) and on any company

property. 5. Makes recommendations and advises general management on safety, health, and

environmental issues. 6. Periodically updates written safety and health procedures manual as needed. 7. Corresponds with customer representatives on matters relating to safety and health. 8. Responsible for the management and enforcement of the safety disciplinary

program. 9. Schedules safety and health training, i.e., OSHA, MSHA, EPA, First Aid/CPR

courses for field personnel.

10. Responsible for managing and maintaining safety and health training records. 11. Collects and distributes historical safety and health data compilation.

B. PROJECT MANAGER RESPONSIBILITIES

The Project Manager plays a very important role in administering jobsite safety and health responsibilities. Not only with PRO ELECTRIC’s personnel, but the Project Manager is the communication link between all other subcontractors who may be creating unsafe acts or conditions for all employees on the jobsite. In this case, the Project Manager must notify the responsible party and ensure that corrective action is taken to eliminate the hazard(s), ultimately ensuring a safe working environment for all company employees. Project Manager Responsibilities shall also include the following:

1. Shares joint responsibility with the Project Foreman for the overall safety and health

on the project. 2. Identifying and planning ahead for project specific safety requirements noted in the

contract documents. 3. Assist Project Foreman in monitoring compliance with Safety Program. 4. Advise Senior Management of possible safety program deficiencies or new ideas to

further enhance the program. 5. Plan ahead for added safety costs during the project’s bidding process. 6. Communicate customer’s (owner) safety, health and control requirements to

construction project team. 7. Schedule and participate in pre-construction safety planning meeting for specific

projects. 8. Provide leadership, authority and decisiveness in dealing with subcontractors who do

not comply with the predetermined safety and health program. 9. Holds subcontractors accountable and responsible for project safety compliance.

This may include the withholding of payments or back charging of non-cooperative contractors.



8

10. Informs the Safety Director of any safety and health deficiencies found on the project.

11. Sits in on OSHA violation/citation meeting at jobsite(s). C. FOREMAN RESPONSIBILITIES

The Project Foreman is the on-site coordinator and overseer of all field construction operations, including jobsite safety and health. Project Foreman responsibilities shall include, however is not limited to the following:

1. Shares joint responsibility with the Project Manager for the overall safety and

health practices and conditions on site. 2. Responsible for translating management’s policies into action and promote

safe and healthy working conditions among employees and subcontractors on site. 3. Shall safeguard, educate and train those employees who have been placed

under their direction. 4. Provide ongoing input to the Senior Management regarding necessary

changes to this safety and health procedures manual. 5. Insure that all injuries are reported and treated in a proper manner. 6. Require and review reports and investigations of all accidents. 7. Plan production so that all work will be done in compliance with established

safety and health regulations. 8. Make sure that proper safety materials and personal protective equipment (PPE).

are readily available and appropriately utilized. 9. Provide for the protection of the public from company operations. 10. Review all accidents and file completed reports. 11. Review all Sub-Contractors on site to keep them in compliance with their safety

programs and/or PRO ELECTRIC’s safety programs. 12. Report all Sub-Contractor non-compliance to Project Manager. 13. Administer and enforce established safety and health programs at the project level. 14. Set proper examples for subordinates- “Leadership by Example”.

15. Know and enforce company safety and health requirements. 16. Secure prompt medical attention for injured employees.

17. Personally address safety and working conditions with employees daily. 18. Instruct new and existing employees who are performing new or unusual tasks on

the required safe working practices necessary to complete the task. 19. Report unsafe conditions such as faulty equipment. 20. Recognize jobsite hazards and develop/implement corrective action.

21. Perform accident investigations and complete accident reporting forms. 22. Field and evaluate employee(s) safety complaints. 23. Cooperate with Senior Management in utilizing the company’s “Return to Work

Policy”. 24. Communicate with jobsite subcontractors to ensure hazards are controlled for all

exposed parties. 25. Authorized to act as PRO ELECTRIC’s “Competent Person” when adequately

trained and required to do so. 26. Constructs and maintain a safety and health bulletin board consisting of the

following:

a. OSHA Safety and Health Poster (OSHA Poster 3165). b. Equal Employment Opportunity Poster. c. List of hospitals, physician services and emergency telephone numbers. d. Any local, state, or federally required posters.


9

27. Maintains an adequate first aid equipment and supplies. 28. Provides adequate temporary sanitary facilities with regular servicing.

29. Responsible for orderliness and good housekeeping on the jobsite. 30. Responsible for conducting accident or incident investigations that occur on his or

her project site. 31. Confirms that all equipment is in compliance with OSHA and maintained periodically. 32. Sits in on OSHA violation/citation meetings at jobsite. 33. Shall make weekly safety inspections of their project utilizing “Safety and Health

Audit Form Appendix 3-A”

34. Shall look over their project and assess what type of safety equipment is needed before the particular work is performed.

35. All project foremen are responsible for conducting weekly “Tool Box Safety Meetings" to encourage employee interest in safety and give specific-safety instructions relative to existing or expected hazards to be encountered during the different phases of construction. It is required that all "Tool Box Safety Meetings” be documented. Documentation shall include; the topic discussed, name of person giving-the talk, the date, printed names and signatures of the personnel in attendance.

36. The original report of the safety meeting shall be required to be kept on file and subject to periodical review. A copy shall be submitted to the Safety Director. Copies of these and topics for safety talks shall be made available by contacting the Safety Director.

D. EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. recognizes that its employees are the most valuable assets the company has. The actions taken by each employee during his/her daily routine will ultimately determine whether or not the established safety and health program is successful. The following items listed below is the minimum necessary responsibilities, which must be undertaken by all employees, during the course of their employment:

1. It is important that you recognize that we take your safety seriously, and in return we

expect you to strictly follow all safety procedures noted in this manual. Every employee will be placed under a three-step progressive disciplinary program noted in this section. However when an employee is involved in a case of serious or gross misconduct, progressive disciplinary action will not be involved, and the employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to termination of employment. This process will be documented by utilizing “Employee Warning Notice Appendix 4-A.”

Three-Step Employee Disciplinary Program

First Violation – Verbal warning of non-compliance and advisement of corrective action.

Second Violation – Written warning of non-compliance and advisement of corrective action.

Third Violation – Written documentation of non-compliance and termination of employment.

2. Report all accidents, regardless of how slight to the Safety Director/Field Superintendent. The Safety Director/Field Superintendent is required to file the appropriate written report(s).

3. Employees that are injured on the job and need additional treatment other than first aid must visit the clinic designated by the company for that project.

4. Employees are responsible for bringing any unsafe situation, condition or act to the attention of his/her supervisor.

5. Employees are expected to report to work both physically and mentally prepared to handle their responsibilities. Horseplay or fighting is prohibited and will result in disciplinary action up to termination of employment.


10

6. The use or possession of intoxicating beverages or illegal drugs during working hours is strictly prohibited. If medically approved or prescribed medication must be taken during working hour, it is your responsibility to notify your supervisor of the medication(s) you are taking. Side effects of prescribed medications can cause serious accidents.

C. ACCIDENT REPORTING & RECORDKEEPING

1. Employees are responsible for immediately contacting Safety Director/Field Superintendent in the event they are involved in a workplace accident. The Project Foreman is then responsible for submitting a completed “Accident Report Form - Appendix 2A” within 8-hours of when the accident occurred to:

Shaun Canon, Safety Director/Field Superintendent PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Telephone: (913) 621-6611 Mobile: (816) 726-4518 Fax: (913) 621-0843

Email: [email protected]

2. All accidents shall be investigated to the determine root cause, and corrective action to eliminate the hazard, or hazards, which caused the accident or incident, and lessons learned reviewed and communicated to prevent the reoccurrence. The Safety Director shall be trained in the roles and responsibilities pertaining to accident and incident investigation.

3. OSHA shall be notified in the event of a work-related fatality within 8-hours. OSHA

shall also be notified anytime there is a work-related inpatient hospitalization of one or more employees, all work-related amputations and all work-related losses of an eye within 24-hours. The Safety Director is responsible for contacting OSHA within the required timeframe(s). OSHA can be reached by telephone: (800) 321-6742 or website: www.osha.gov

4. The scene of a fatality, or multiple serious injuries, must be secured until the appropriate documentation, including photographic, papers, and physical evidence can be preserved. No material, machinery, or equipment should be moved until the the Safety Director has given approval, unless the condition poses an additional hazard.

5. Initial identification of evidence immediately following an incident shall be done,

including a listing of people, equipment, and materials involved and a recording of environmental factors such as weather, illumination, temperature, noise, ventilation, and physical factors such as fatigue, age, and medical conditions.

6. It is essential to conduct interviews to get preliminary statements as soon as possible

from all witnesses.

a. Experienced personnel should conduct interviews. b. Interviews should be conducted in a quiet and private location. c. Start by identify potential witnesses and developing a witness list. d. Explain the purpose of the investigation is accident prevention and is not

to place blame. e. Determine and document the location of the witnesses at the time of the

accident. This can be achieved by preparing a location chart marking the location of the witnesses at the time of the accident.

f. Investigators should not provide any facts to the witnesses – only ask non-leading questions.

g. Listen, let each witness speak freely, and be professional, courteous and considerate.


http://www.osha.gov/


11

h. Get the facts. Use the five W’s, Who, What, When, Where, and Why. i. Tell the witness you are taking their statement. This can be done by taking

a written statement. Never erase errors. Cross out work and have the witness initial. A witness must initial each statement page and also sign the last page. An audio recorder may be used to record a witness, however, only upon signed consent from the witness.

j. Follow-up interviews with witness should later be conducted to see if he or she can recall any other important facts.

k. Thank the witness for cooperation.

7. The OSHA 300 Log, the privacy case list (if one exists), the annual summary, and the OSHA 301 Incident Report forms will be keep on file at the corporate office for five (5) years following the end of the calendar year that these records cover.

8. The OSHA 300A Summary must be posted in a place visible to employees no later

than February 1st of the year following the year covered by the records and the posting kept in place until April 30th.

9. Amy Weber, Vice-President based on her knowledge of the process by which

information is recorded is responsible for certifying, examining for correctness, and signing off the OSHA 300 Log annually.

10. Each OSHA recordable injury or illness must be entered on an OSHA 300 Log and

301 Incident Report, or other equivalent form, within seven (7) calendar days of receiving information that a recordable injury or illness has occurred.

D. MEDICAL SERVICES & FIRST AID

1. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure the availability of adequate first-aid supplies, and periodically will reassess the demand for supplies and adjust their inventories as needed on worksites. The Project Foreman is responsible for maintaining worksite first aid kits and is responsible for checking the kits at least weekly.

2. First aid kits shall be made readily accessible on all worksites. First aid kits shall consist

of appropriate items which will be adequate for the environment in which they are used. Items shall be stored in a weather proof container with individual sealed packages of each type of item.

3. In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, hospital, or physician, that is reasonably

accessible in terms of time and distance to a worksite, which is available for the treatment of injured employees, the Project Foreman will have a valid certificate in first-aid and shall be available at the worksite to render first aid. The valid certificate in first-aid training must be from the American Red Cross, or equivalent that can be verified by documentary evidence.

4. Where the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to injurious corrosive

materials, suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing of body shall be provided within the work area. Portable emergency eyewash and shower stations shall be strategically placed in work areas when fixed facilities are not available.

5. Proper equipment for prompt transportation of the injured person to a physician or hospital or a communication system for contacting necessary ambulance service shall be provided.

6. In areas where 911 is not available, the telephone numbers of the physicians,

hospitals, or ambulances shall be conspicuously posted.


12

DRUG & ALCOHOL POLICY SECTION 5

POLICY

The use, sale, purchase, possession, transfer, manufacture, or being under the influence of alcohol, illegal drugs or any controlled substance (hereinafter “alcohol or drugs”) other than the proper use of lawfully prescribed medication during working hours, including break time and lunch time, or while on company’s premises or worksites is strictly prohibited.

An employee who is taking lawfully prescribed medication must disclose this fact to their immediate supervisor, and a determination must be made concerning that employee’s ability to work while taking such medication.

SCOPE

This policy and these rules will apply to all Company employees with respect to employee involvement with alcohol, illegal drugs and other controlled substances in the Workplace. (“Workplace” means while on owned, leased or rented Company premises, including Company parking lots and private roads on Company property or on erection jobsites).

The Company recognizes that alcoholism and/or drug abuse or dependency are generally regarded as medical problems requiring close medical supervision and treatment if there is to be successful rehabilitation. It is the Company’s desire and intent to encourage any employee with an alcohol or drug dependency to voluntarily enter a drug or alcohol rehabilitation program.

PURPOSE

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. (“the Company”) realizes the importance of providing a safe and healthy work place and endorses the federal law requirements of the Drug-Free Workplace Act. Our employees are a valuable resource and their health and safety are of paramount concern. For these reasons we are committed to a drug free workplace and to protecting the health and safety of our employees from the hazards caused by the abuse of alcohol and drugs.

A. PROCEDURES

It is not the intent of the Company to intrude into the private lives of our employees; however, drug and alcohol use and dependency affect safety and work quality and contribute to increased medical expenses and loss productivity. You should know that under this policy:

1. The manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession, use, sale, transfer, offering

or furnishing of alcohol, illegal drugs or other controlled substances (as defined under state and federal law and regulations) while on duty, or the possession of implements or paraphernalia for illegal drug use, on Company premises or in the Workplace, or during the employee’s working hours/shift, is prohibited. Off-duty and off-premises alcohol use, or use of illegal drugs, is prohibited where such use results in unsatisfactory job performance o.r conduct that adversely affects the Company.

2. No employee shall report for work, return to work, be at or remain at work or be

unable to safely perform their job (while on Company premises or in the Workplace or during their working hours/shift) with the presence of any detectable amount of any illegal drug in an employee’s system (indicating the individual is or has actively engaged in illegal drug use).


13

3. No employee shall report for work, return to work, be at or remain at work or be unable to safely perform their job (while on Company premises or in the Workplace or during their working hours/shift) while appearing or being under the influence of alcohol.

a. Any employee with 0.08 percent or more of alcohol in his/her system is

considered to be “under the influence” and such level of alcohol is prohibited.

b. Any employee who operates any motorized equipment, including forklifts or trucks, and has 0.04 percent or more of alcohol in their system is considered to be “under the influence” and such level of alcohol is prohibited.

c. A blood-alcohol level of less than the applicable percentage above (i.e., 0.08 or 0.04) may be considered with other objective evidence in determining whether any employee is “under the influence” and engaged in prohibited conduct.

4. Any employee who is convicted of a criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in

the Workplace must notify the Company no later than five (5) days after such conviction. Conviction means a finding of guilt (including a plea of nolo contendere) or imposition of sentence, or both, by any judicial body charged with the responsibility to determine violations of the Federal or State criminal drug statutes. Criminal drug statutes include Federal or non-Federal criminal statutes involving the manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of any controlled substance.

5. An employee who violates any of the above rules will be subject to disciplinary action

which may include termination of employment.

6. This policy shall not be construed to prohibit the presence of an otherwise lawfully unopened container of alcoholic beverage in a private motor vehicle or to prohibit the possession or use of alcoholic beverages at a Company function during working hours and/or on Company property, with prior approval of an officer of the Company.

B. PRESCRIBED AND OVER-THE COUNTER DRUGS

This policy and rule does not prohibit the use of a drug or controlled substance which has a currently accepted medical use, provided:

1. The drug is prescribed or authorized by a licensed health care professional;

2. The use of the drug at the prescribed or authorized level is consistent with the safe

performance of the employee’s duties;

3. The drug is used at the dosage prescribed or authorized; and

4. The drug, if prescribed, is possessed in the original container demonstrating that the drug was prescribed to the employee possessing the prescription.

Whether or not an employee is taking a prescription drug, nonprescription drug or other medication (e.g. over-the-counter drug), an employee who reports to work, returns to work, remains at work, or who is observed at work or in the Workplace and is incapable of safely performing his/her job or whose job performance is affected by a drug may, depending on the circumstances, be subject to disciplinary action which may include termination of employment.


14

C. ADMINSTRATION

So that you will know in advance how the Company proposes to administer a program to control alcohol and drug abuse in the Workplace, you are advised as follows:

1. If the Company (a) has cause to suspect an employee is in possession of, has sold, transferred, offered, furnished, or is using, alcohol, illegal drugs or controlled substance in violation of this policy, or (b) has cause to believe that an employee is in possession of implements or paraphernalia for drug use, or (c) has cause to believe that an employee is under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or (d) has cause to believe that an employee is not capable of safely performing his or her job, while on duty or in the Workplace, then the Company may require the employee to take an alcohol and/or drug test.

2. The Company may also require an alcohol and/or drug test for any employee who (a) sustains an on-the-job injury which requires medical attention; or (b) is involved in an on-the-job incident resulting in injury to any employee that requires medical attention or significant damage to property.

3. The Company reserves the right to search and inspect work areas, employee lockers, and employee’s personal vehicles and other personal property while in the Workplace or on Company premises.

4. The Company will not search an employee’s person, his/her personal vehicle or other personal property (employee desks and file cabinets/lockers are not personal property) without the employee’s consent. Further, the Company will not require an employee to submit to urine, breath or blood test without the employee’s written consent. However, where the Company has reason to request that an employee’s person, his/her personal vehicle or other personal property be searched, or that an employee submit to an alcohol and /or drug tests, refusal to submit to such search and/or tests will constitute insubordination and will be grounds for disciplinary action which may include termination of employment.

5. An employee’s request to enter a drug or alcohol rehabilitation program following a positive alcohol or drug test will be given appropriate consideration in determining disciplinary action or waiver of such action together with such other factors as length of service and the existence of proper cause for disciplinary action other than the positive alcohol or drug test. The Company may require, as a condition of waiving or reducing disciplinary action, that the employee agree to rehabilitation treatment and/or unannounced testing in the event he/she is allowed to return to work. The cost of such rehabilitation will be paid by the employee, utilizing health care benefits where applicable.

D. WORKERS’ COMPENSATION

Workers’ Compensation benefits can be reduced in many cases involving alcohol or drug use. Generally, the law:

1. Reduces workers compensation or death benefits if the injury was sustained in conjunction with the use of alcohol or non-prescribed controlled drugs where the employee fails to obey the Company’s drug and alcohol policy; and

2. Eliminates all workers compensation or death benefits where the use of alcohol or non-prescribed controlled drugs is the proximate cause of the injury.


15

HAZARD COMMUNCATION PROGRAM SECTION 6

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. prior to commencing any routine or non-routine work that has a possibility of a chemical exposure, including piping systems, an evaluation of possible exposure will be made by the supervisor and employee to perform the work. If it is determined that an exposure may occur, then additional methods of exposure control will be identified and implemented.

SCOPE

This program applies to all work operations in the company that may expose an employee to a hazardous chemicals or materials under normal or emergency working conditions.

PURPOSE

This program has been established to provide the means necessary to transmit information to employees regarding the chemical products that they may be exposed in the work place by working with, near to or around as they perform any task or non-routine job tasks. This program is available, upon request, to all employees, their designated representatives, emergency responders, and interested members of the community.

A. ADMINSTRATION

The Safety Director/Field Superintendent is the administrator of the Hazard Communication Program and has the overall responsibility for the program. The following is his contact information:

Shaun Canon, Safety Director/Field Superintendent PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Telephone: (913)276-4298 Mobile: (816) 726-4518 Fax: (913) 621-0843

Email: [email protected]

B. LIST OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

A list of all hazardous chemicals and materials used, transported, stored on the jobsite, or on any company property will be maintained by the company. This list will be shared with all employees, contractors, sub-contractors, emergency responders and members of the community upon request.

The company shall require all contractors and sub-contractors to provide a list of all hazardous chemicals and materials, which they bring onto the jobsite to maintain a current listing of all hazardous chemicals at any jobsite.

C. LABELING

All containers of hazardous chemicals used, stored or transported on the jobsite or on company property must be labeled or tagged. Original labels on containers of hazardous chemicals are not to be removed, unless a different material is placed into the container. In this case, the label must be changed to reflect the true contents. Labels must be legible, in English, and prominently displayed. Other languages may be displayed in addition to English.



16

Labels must contain the following information:

1. Product identifier 2. Signal word

3. Hazard statement(s) 4. Pictogram(s) 5. Precautionary statement(s) 6. Name, address, and phone number of the responsible party

Below shows the symbol for each pictogram, the written name for each pictogram, and the hazards associated with each of the pictograms.


17

D. SAFETY DATA SHEETS (SDS’)

A file will be maintained of Safety Data Sheets (SDS’s) covering all hazardous chemicals brought on a jobsite or on company property. The file will contain an index listing of all SDS in the file. SDS files and an index listing will be made promptly available to any employee’s designated representatives, emergency responders, and interested members of the community.

A SDS will be required to accompany each hazardous chemical that is introduced to the jobsite or company property. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will not make a determination if a chemical is hazardous and will rely on the evaluation performed by the manufacturer or material supplier and follow their recommendations from their SDS’s.

Contractors and sub-contractors are responsible for providing PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. a list of all hazardous chemicals, materials, and copies of Safety Data Sheets (SDS) before the products are brought onto the jobsite or company property.

Be prepared to provide the following information:

1. Product Name 2. Product Number 3. Manufacturer’s Name 4. Manufacturer’s Phone Number 5. UPC Code (Bar Code)

6. The hospital or clinic name and their fax number if they need the SDS to treat our injured team member.

OSHA Mandates 16-section Safety Data Sheets (SDS’s) headings, order of information, and what information is to be provided under the headings as follows:

1. Identification of the substance or mixture and of the supplier 2. Hazards identification 3. Composition/information on ingredients Substance/Mixture 4. First aid measures

5. Firefighting measures 6. Accidental release measures 7. Handling and storage 8. Exposure controls/personal protection 9. Physical and chemical properties

10. Stability and reactivity 11. Toxicological

12. Ecological information (non-mandatory) 13. Disposal considerations (non-mandatory)

14. Transport information (non-mandatory) 15. Regulatory information (non-mandatory) 16. Other information including information on preparation and revision of the SDS


18

E. TRAINING

1. All employees will be provided training in reading and interpreting Safety Data Sheets (SDS’s), Hazard Communication Standard (HCS) Pictograms, labels, provisions of this policy. Each employee will be made aware of where the SDS File, Written Company Program, List of Hazardous Chemicals on the jobsite, OSHA Standards, and where this information is located.

2. Before assigning any worker or crew to a task or non-routine task, as defined in

Section (e) (ii) of the regulations, requiring the use of hazardous chemicals their supervisor is required to review with them the information contained in the SDS, including safety procedures, emergency procedures, and required personal protective equipment.

3. Any employee or interested party wishing to see the PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Hazard

Communication Program, OSHA Hazard Communication Standard, a list of hazardous chemicals and Safety Data Sheets (SDS’s) for the chemicals, should contact their supervisor or the program coordinator identified in this section.

4. Training Outline

a. Before any employee starts to work he or she will receive the following:

I Explanation of the written Hazard Communication Program ii. Explanation of OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard (HCS).

iii. Training and understanding Safety Data Sheets (SDS) System and HCS pictograms.

iv. Review of the SDS's for the specific materials the employee will be using or has the possibility of being exposed to.

v. Made aware of the locations of the communication systems and all

emergency phone numbers. vi Anytime new hazardous chemical or material is introduced into the work

place or employee changes job duties, his or her training-will be updated. This includes training before any non-routine task is performed.

5. Training Records

a. A written training record will contain:

i. Name of the employee(s) trained.

ii. Date(s) of training.

iii. Name and signature of the person conducting the training.

iv. Subject of the training.

b. The records of training will be maintained for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of training at the corporate offic


19

BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS POLICY SECTION

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to insure that all potential avenues of exposure to bloodborne pathogens are identified prior to the start of each job and that appropriate protective measures are taken to prevent any bloodborne pathogens incident involving company employees or contract associates. A copy of the company exposure control plan is accessible to all employees upon request.

SCOPE

This policy applies to all occupational exposures that may expose an employee to bloodborne pathogens, particularly the Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and the Human Immunodeficiency (HIV) and any other potentially infectious materials.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Bloodborne Pathogens - Microorganisms present in human blood that can cause

disease in humans. These include, but are not limited to: Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV).

2. Blood - Human blood, human blood components and products made from human

blood.

3. Other Potentially Infectious Materials - Any bodily fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood and all body fluids in situations where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between body fluids, any unfixed tissue or organ.

4. Exposure Incident - A specific eye, mouth, other mucous membrane, non-intact

skin, or parental contact with blood or other potentially infectious material that results from the performance of an employee’s duties.

5. Occupational Exposure - A reasonably anticipated skin, eye, mucous membrane,

or parental contact with blood or other potential infectious material that results from the performance of an employee’s duties.

6. Parental - A piercing of mucous membranes or the skin barrier by means of a needle

stick, human bite, cut and/or abrasion.

7. Universal Precautions - All infection control approach whereby all human blood and certain body fluids are treated as if they were known to be infectious for HBV, HIV or other bloodborne pathogens.

8. Contaminated - The presence or the reasonably anticipated presence of blood or

other potentially infectious materials on an item or surface.

9. Contaminated Sharps - Any contaminated object that can penetrate the skin including, but not limited to: Needles, scalpels, broken glass, broken capillary tubes and exposed ends of dental wires.

B. EXPOSURE DETERMINATION

Exposure to bloodborne pathogens at a construction site is or should be very minimal. However, at

least two (2) potential exposure possibilities exist. They are the following


20

BLOODBORNE PATHOGENS POLICY SECTION POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to insure that all potential avenues of exposure to bloodborne pathogens are identified prior to the start of each job and that appropriate protective measures are taken to prevent any bloodborne pathogens incident involving company employees or contract associates. A copy of the company exposure control plan is accessible to all employees upon request.

SCOPE

This policy applies to all occupational exposures that may expose an employee to bloodborne pathogens, particularly the Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and the Human Immunodeficiency (HIV) and any other potentially infectious materials.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Bloodborne Pathogens - Microorganisms present in human blood that can cause

disease in humans. These include, but are not limited to: Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) and Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV).

2. Blood - Human blood, human blood components and products made from human

blood.

3. Other Potentially Infectious Materials - Any bodily fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood and all body fluids in situations where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between body fluids, any unfixed tissue or organ.

4. Exposure Incident - A specific eye, mouth, other mucous membrane, non-intact

skin, or parental contact with blood or other potentially infectious material that results from the performance of an employee’s duties.

5. Occupational Exposure - A reasonably anticipated skin, eye, mucous membrane,

or parental contact with blood or other potential infectious material that results from the performance of an employee’s duties.

6. Parental - A piercing of mucous membranes or the skin barrier by means of a needle

stick, human bite, cut and/or abrasion.

7. Universal Precautions - All infection control approach whereby all human blood and certain body fluids are treated as if they were known to be infectious for HBV, HIV or other bloodborne pathogens.

8. Contaminated - The presence or the reasonably anticipated presence of blood or

other potentially infectious materials on an item or surface.

9. Contaminated Sharps - Any contaminated object that can penetrate the skin including, but not limited to: Needles, scalpels, broken glass, broken capillary tubes and exposed ends of dental wires.

B. EXPOSURE DETERMINATION

Exposure to bloodborne pathogens at a construction site is, or should be very minimal. However, at least two (2) potential exposure possibilities exist. They are the following:


21

1. Employees who are insulin users and improperly dispose of insulin needles at the jobsite, thus creating potential bloodborne pathogens exposure incidents for other workers such as laborers who clean the work area.

2. Employees trained in First Aid/CPR procedures that may be required to respond in n

emergency situation. C. SCHEDULE AND METHOD OF IMPLEMENTATION

The following universal precautions, in–as much as they apply to construction jobsites, shall be implemented on all applicable company worksites:

1. Engineering and Work Practice Controls – Shall be utilized to eliminate or minimize

employee exposure.

2. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) – Where total elimination of employee exposure is impossible, personal protective equipment shall be provided and utilized by any and all exposed employees. PPE will be considered "appropriate" only if it does not permit blood or other potentially infectious materials to pass through to or reach the employee's work clothes, street clothes, undergarments, skin, eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the duration of time which the protective equipment will be used.

3. Training and Education – Shall be provided to all employees potentially endangered

by bloodborne pathogens and any other potentially infectious materials to communicate the hazards of the job.

4. Employee Exposure Records – Accurate records for each employee who has had

exposure must be maintained for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years. D. WORK PRACTICE CONTROLS

1. Employees who have a medical need to take insulin injection(s) during working hours

shall not dispose of hypodermic needles at the worksite.

2. Employees using insulin injection needles at work shall be counseled to seek advice from their personal physician as to proper disposal.

3. Employees using insulin injection needles at work shall treat the used hypodermic

needles as a contaminated “SHARP” and immediately after use shall place the “SHARP” in an appropriate container which is puncture resistant, labeled, or color coded as a biohazard and leak resistant.

4. Any employee trained in First-Aid/CPR and required by his or her employer to

respond to medical emergencies at work shall receive the training required by OSHA’s Boodborne Pathogen Standard, be provided personal protective equipment, be provided with information on the exposure control plan and have access to hepatitis B vaccination at no cost to the employee.

5. If provision of handwashing facilities are not feasible, then an appropriate antiseptic

hand cleanser in conjunction with cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towel-lattés will be provided by the company.


22

6. When the possibility of occupational exposure is present, PPE will be provided at no cost to the employee, such as gloves, gowns, etc. PPE shall be used unless employees temporarily declined to use under rare circumstances. PPE shall be repaired & replaced as needed to maintain its effectiveness.

7. All employees shall be instructed as to how to properly handle an incident involving

discovery of a potentially contaminated “SHARP,” i.e. injection needle, or any other item potentially contaminated with human blood or other human body fluid. The procedure shall be as follows:

a. The affected employee shall not touch the item discovered and shall

immediately notify the project foremen of the discovery. b. The effected employee shall contact the Safety Director for proper handling to

insure that all safety precautions are utilized in recovering the item or items for proper incarceration and disposal.

E. HOUSEKEEPING

1. Only authorized and trained employees or others professionally trained and

equipped to come into contact with blood or potentially concentrated infectious materials shall be allowed to clean up contaminated areas

2. All equipment and environmental and working surfaces shall be cleaned and

decontaminated after contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.

3. When there is occupational exposure due to clean up, any authorized employee shall utilize, appropriate PPE such as, but not limited to, gloves, gowns, laboratory coats, face shields or masks and eye protection, and mouthpieces, resuscitation bags, pocket masks, or other ventilation devices.

4. Water with bleach is recommended to be used to clean-up of contaminated area.

5. All materials that have come into contact with blood or potentially concentrated

infectious materials, other than contaminated sharps, must be placed in containers which are; closable, constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transport or shipping, labeled or color-coded, and closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.

F. TRAINING

1. Employees potentially endangered by bloodborne pathogens shall be provided

training at the time of initial assignment & within one (1) year of their previous training.

2. Employee s shall be providing additional training when changes such as modification

of tasks or procedures or institution of new tasks or procedures affect the employee's occupational exposure. The additional training may be limited to addressing the new exposures created


23

3. Training Records



Date(s) of training.



b. The records of training will be maintained for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of training at the corporate office.


24

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT SECTION 8

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. . that supervisors and employees will assess their work area exposures to identify if there is a need to increase the personal protective equipment (PPE) from the minimum level established. All company and employee-owned personal protective equipment must be maintained in a sanitary, reliable condition and must fit properly. Equipment must be checked daily before each day’s use and be immediately removed from service or destroyed if found defective.

SCOPE

A hazard assessment of work exposures will be conducted to determine if hazards are present, or likely to be present, which will necessitate increasing the level of personal protective equipment (PPE) from the established minimum. Written hazard assessments shall be documented by the utilization of “Pre-Task Analysis Form - Appendix 17A” and “Job Hazard Analysis Form – Appendix 18A.”

All protective devices listed in this policy shall be used after engineering or work practice controls are deemed infeasible. Examples include but are not limited to employee rotation or isolation, barrier wall construction, wet sweeping or utilizing different equipment if possible.

A. HARDHATS

1. All company employees shall wear hard hats at all times. Hard hats must be of the

approved type that complies with ANSI Z89.1-2014 and be in good condition. Bump caps or baseball caps may not be utilized in place of hard hats.

2. The outside shell of all hard hats shall be free of paint, holes, cracks or cuts, and the

inside suspension shall be in good working order. Employees shall visually inspect all safety equipment each day before use for defects.

3. The company will issue approved head protection to any company employee

requiring it. B. EYE PROTECTION

1. Industrial grade protective shields, goggles or safety glasses with permanently

attached side shields meeting ANSI Z-87.1-2015 requirements are required to be worn while working in designated areas or when working conditions require such protection by all personnel working in the field. Examples of hazards included would be chipping, grinding, drilling or working overhead.

2. Approved eye protection that complies with ANSI Z87.1-2015 will be issued by the

company and worn by employees when machines or operations present potential eye injury from physical, chemical, or radiation agents.

3. Employees exposed to laser beams shall be furnished suitable safety goggles,

which will protect from the specific wavelength of the laser and be optical density (OD) adequate for the energy involved.

4. Employees involved in welding operations shall wear filter lenses or plates of at

least the proper shade number required. Tinted safety glasses are prohibited.


25

C. HEARING PROTECTION

1. Hearing protection must be worn in designated areas. Generally if you cannot speak in a normal tone at arm's length to your fellow workers you should wear hearing protection.

2. Only approved earplugs or earmuffs shall be worn when using certain tools and

equipment or working in confined areas. Cotton or paper shall not be used as a substitute for proper hearing protection.

3. Approved hearing protection will be issued by the company at no cost to any affected

employee. At least two (2) different types of disposable plugs shall be kept in either the gang boxes or company vehicle. Read all instructions and precautions listed on the box or package before using. Ensure the Noise reduction rating (NRR) for the protective device is adequate for the level of decibels the work will produce. If assistance is needed for this determination, contact the Safety Director.

4. A continuing effective hearing conservation program shall be administered when

employees are exposed to sound levels greater than 85 dbA on an eight (8) hour time-weighted average basis. For purposes of the hearing conservation program, employee noise exposures shall be computed in accordance with the following table, and without regard to any attenuation provided by the use of personal protective equipment:

PERMISSIBLE NOISE EXPOSURES

Duration per day, hours Sound Level dBA slow response

8....................................................... 90 6......................................................... 92 4....................................................... 95 3........................................................ 97 2....................................................... 100 1 1/2................................................. 102 1........................................................ 105 1/2.................................................... 110 1/4 or less.......................................... 115

5. Hearing conservation training shall be provided on an annual basis for all

employees who are exposed to action level noise. Training shall be updated consistent to changes in PPE and work processes. Each affected employee shall be provided copies of the noise exposure procedures and these procedures shall also be posted at the workplace.

6. When information indicates that employee exposure may equal/exceed the eight (8)

hour time-weighted average of 85 decibels, a monitoring program shall be implemented to identify employees to be included in the hearing conservation program. Affected employees and/or their representatives shall be notified with an opportunity to observe any noise measurements conducted.


26

7. A audiometric testing program shall be established and maintained by making audiometric testing available to all employees whose exposures equal or exceed an eight (8) hour time-weighted average 85 decibels. Audiometric testing will be provided at no cost to affected employees.

8. Audiometric tests shall be performed by a licensed or certified audiologist,

otolaryngologist, or other physician, or by a technician who is certified by the Council of Accreditation in Occupational Hearing Conservation, or who has satisfactorily demonstrated competence in administering audiometric examinations, obtaining valid audiograms, and properly using, maintaining and checking calibration and proper functioning of the audiometers being used. A technician who operates microprocessor audiometers does not need to be certified. A technician who performs audiometric tests must be responsible to an audiologist, otolaryngologist or physician.

9. A baseline audiogram shall be conducted within six (6) months of an employee's first

exposure at or above the action level, to establish a valid baseline audiogram against which subsequent audiograms can be compared. When a mobile van is used, the baseline shall be established within one (1) year.

10. Testing to establish a baseline audiogram shall be preceded by at least fourteen (14) hours without exposure to workplace noise. Hearing protectors may be used as a substitute for the requirement that baseline audiograms be preceded by fourteen (14) hours without exposure to workplace noise. The company shall notify employees of the need to avoid high levels of non-occupational noise exposure during the fourteen (14) hour period immediately preceding the audiometric examination.

11. On an annual basis after obtaining the baseline audiogram, the company will obtain a

new audiogram for each employee exposed at or above an eight (8) hour time- weighted average of 85 decibels. Each employee's annual audiogram will be compared to that employee's baseline audiogram to determine if the audiogram is valid and if a standard threshold shift has occurred. If a comparison of the annual audiogram to the baseline audiogram indicates a standard threshold shift, the employee shall be informed of this fact in writing, within twenty (21) days of the determination. The use of hearing protection will also be re-evaluated and/or refitted and if necessary a medical evaluation may be required.

12. The company shall evaluate hearing protector attenuation for the specific noise

environments in which the protector will be used. Hearing protectors must attenuate employee exposure at least to an eight (8) hour time-weighted average of 90 decibels.

13. Noise exposure measurement records shall be retained for two years and audiometric test records shall be retained for the duration of the affected employee's employment. These records will be kept on file at the Kansas City Office.

D. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION No Employees shall work or be exposed to IDLH conditions:

IDLH or Immediately dangerous to life or health means an atmospheric concentration of any toxic, corrosive or asphyxiant substance that poses an immediate threat to life or would cause irreversible or delayed adverse health effects or would interfere with an individual's ability to escape from a dangerous atmosphere.

1. Approved respiratory protection shall be issued to any company employee requiring it. Those employees using a non-mandatory respirator shall be required to comply with all parts of this section. 2. If any reasonable doubt exists as to whether respirators are needed, the atmosphere

shall be tested for any suspected contaminant to determine the concentration. (A skilled competent person shall do the testing to properly determine any contaminant level before the start of work.)


27

3. Respirators shall be selected based on the hazards to which the workers are exposed. Dusts masks are to be used only for dust protection.

4. Any person required to wear a respirator shall be determined by a medical doctor

to be medically fit to wear a respirator, and complete a Medical Evaluation Questionnaire available at the Doctor’s offices or in the OSHA Respiratory Standards. This must be completed only once and kept in the employees file.

5. A competent person skilled in the selection and use of respirators shall ensure all

users have completed respirator training before the start of work. Any employee required to wear a respirator shall be instructed and trained in the proper use of respirators and their limitations, how to inspect, put on and remove, and check the seals of a respirator, maintenance and storage requirements, and the requirements of this section.

6. All respirators shall be regularly cleaned and disinfected. Those respirators used by

more than one worker shall be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected after each use.

7. All employees required to wear a respirator shall complete a fit test before using the respirator. This must also be completed annually or when another type or model of respirator is used.

8. Respirators shall be inspected daily. Any respirator found defective shall be repaired

or replaced. Employees shall conduct a negative and positive pressure test each time when donning the respirator.

9. Respirators shall be stored in a clean, sanitary, and convenient location. Never store

a respirator with the filters in place. Filters shall be kept in a separate bag to ensure long life and help keep contaminants from entering the respirator.

10. Excessive facial hair, such as beards, long side burns or bushy moustaches will

interfere with the proper fit of respirators. Employees required to wear respirators will not have in excess of one-day beard growth.

11. Contact lenses shall not be worn with respirators. If corrective spectacles or goggles

are required they shall be worn so as not to affect the fit of the respirator face piece. E. FOOT PROTECTION

1. Only sturdy, heavy duty work boots are permitted. Canvas shoes, tennis shoes,

open-toe shoes or street loafers are not permitted.

2. Rubber boots with protection should be used on jobs subject to chemically hazardous conditions.

3. Approved metatarsal boots shall be in designated areas or when required by clients

to work in their facilities. F. GLOVES

1. Gloves provided by the company should be worn at all times when handling rough or

sharp edges, abrasive materials, welding, handling hot items or splintered material.

2. Plastic or rubber gloves must be worn when working with acids, corrosives, solvents, chemically treated material, etc.


28

G. PROPER CLOTHING

1. Shirts - Shall be worn by all workers. Short sleeves or sleeveless shirts are permitted, but shall cover the upper shoulder from the base of the neck to the arm. Shirts shall also cover the trunk of the body, starting at the base of the neck to the belt line.

2. Trousers - Heavy duty trousers covering the length of the leg to the boot top must be

worn on all jobsites and in the shop. Baggy trousers must be secured.

3. Shorts/Cut-Offs – This type of apparel is not allowed because it does not protect the legs from the elements or hazards encountered on jobsites.

H. HIGH VISIBILITY REFLECTIVE VESTS

High visibility reflective vests provided by the company shall be worn when flagging, exposed to traffic, limited visibility in congested areas of the projects, or required by client.

I. SEAT BELTS

Seat belts must be installed in the all seats of all company owned cars, pickups and trucks. Seat belt use is mandatory in all company owned, leased or rented vehicles.

J. TRAINING

1. The company will provide training to each exposed employee on the personal protective equipment (PPE) required to be utilized to safety perform their job duties.

2. The Safety Director will assure that employees have been trained as necessary in the following areas:

a. Conducting a hazard assessment of the work areas to determine if hazards are

present or likely to be present, which necessitate the use of PPE. b. Correct procedures for inspecting, maintaining, utilizing, appropriate PPE. c. Limitations of the different types of PPE.

3. Training Records


i. Name of the employee(s) trained. ii. Date(s) of training.




4. Retraining

a. Employees will be retrained when:

i. Changes in workplace render previous training obsolete.

ii. Changes in the types of PPE occur.

iii. Changes in the types of hazard exposure.

iv. The affected employee has not retained the necessary understanding of inspecting maintaining, utilizing, and limitations of the different types of PPE.


29

FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM SECTION 9

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C., that supervisors and employees will assess all work area exposures to identify fall hazards and to ensure methods to prevent falls or protection for those workers who are able to fall, while utilizing the proper protective equipment. All company and employee-owned fall protection equipment used on company or customer's property must be kept in good working condition and meet OSHA, and ANSI requirements. Equipment must be checked before each use and be immediately removed from service if found defective.

SCOPE

This section will set the guidelines for fall protection requirements for all employees when working or traveling at elevations six (6) feet or more.

1. The effected employee, Project Foreman and Safety Director will be responsible for

ensuring implementation of this procedure.

2. The effected employee will assess all work activities for fall exposures and pre-plan and install fall protection systems. The fall protection systems will be in place before assignment of work, including identification of methods for prompt rescues in the event of a fall.

3. A pre-job task instruction will be given to each employee who is assigned to work in elevated areas. All elevated tasks shall be evaluated to determine fall protection needs and to ensure that fall protection systems are provided. Instruction will cover the specifics of the fall protection measures to be used.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Anchorage - A secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyard, or deceleration devices

capable of supporting a minimum of 5,000 pounds of force when applied.

2. Body Harness - Straps which may be secured about the employees in manner that will distribute the fall arrest forces over at least the thighs, pelvis, waist, chest and shoulders with means for attaching it to other components of a personal fall arrest system.

3. Controlled Access Zone - An area in which certain work (e.g., precast concrete) may

take place without the use of guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety net systems and access to the zone is controlled. A controlled access zone can only be used when all other fall protection methods are determined to be infeasible, and must be used in conjunction with a Written Fall Protection Plan. The Fall Protection Plan shall document the reasons why the use of conventional fall protection systems (guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety net systems) are infeasible or why their use would create a greater hazard.

4. Deceleration Device - Any mechanism, such as a rope grab, rip-stitch lanyard,

specially-woven lanyard, tearing or deforming lanyards, automatic self-retracting lifelines/lanyards, etc., which serves to dissipate a substantial amount of energy during a fall arrest, or otherwise limit the energy imposed on an Employee during fall arrest.

5. Guardrail System - A barrier erected to prevent Employees from falling to lower levels.

6. Hole - A gap or void two (2) inches or more in its least dimension, in a floor, roof or other

walking/working surface.


30

7. Lanyard - A flexible line of rope, or strap which generally has a connector at each end for connecting the body harness to a deceleration device, lifeline, or anchorage.

8. Leading Edge - The edge of a floor, roof, or framework for a floor or other

walking/working surface (such as the deck) which changes location as additional floor, roof, decking, or formwork sections are placed, formed or constructed. A leading edge is considered to be an “unprotected side and edge” during periods when it is not actively and continuously under construction.

9. Lifeline - A component consisting of a flexible line for connecting an anchorage at one

end to hang vertically (vertical lifeline), or for connection to anchorages at both ends to stretch horizontally (horizontal lifeline), and which serves as a means for connecting other components of a personal fall arrest system to the anchorage.

10. Opening - A gap or void thirty (30) inches or more high and eighteen (18) inches or

more wide, in a wall or partition, through which Employees can fall to a lower level.

11. Personal Fall Arrest System - A system used to arrest an Employee in a fall from working level. Consists of an anchorage, connectors and body harness, and may include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or suitable combination of these.

12. Positioning Device System - A body harness system rigged to allow an Employee to

be supported on an elevated vertical surface, such as a wall, and work with both hands free while leaning.

13. Self-retracting Lifeline/Lanyard - A deceleration device containing a drum-wound line,

which can be slowly extracted from or retracted onto the drum under slight tension during normal Employee movement, and which, after onset of a fall, automatically locks the drum and arrests the fall.

B. PROCEDURES

1. Personnel shall make maximum use of primary fall protection systems such as scaffolds,

aerial lifts, personnel hoists, etc. These systems shall be equipped with complete working/walking surfaces free of floor openings, standard guardrail systems and a safe means of access.

2. Personnel traveling or working in elevated areas where a fall exposure exists shall make use of secondary fall protection in securing their safety lanyard at all times to a structure, lifeline or approved fall arresting device capable of supporting 5,000 pounds.

3. Personnel working from or traveling in powered work platforms or personnel lifting/hoisting devices shall also properly secure their safety lanyards.

4. Subcontractors shall comply with the requirements set forth in this program as a minimum for fall protection.

5. In the event an employee falls, or some other related, serious fall related incident occurs, the company shall investigate the circumstances of the fall or other incident to determine if the fall protection plan needs to be changed (e.g. new practices, procedures, or training) and shall implement those changes to prevent similar types of falls or incidents.

C. FALL PROTECTION DEVICES

1. STANDARD GUARD RAIL SYSTEMS - consist of a top rail of 2 x 4 lumber or equivalent

material approximately forty-two (42) inches above the walking/working surface, a mid-rail at approximately twenty-one (21) inches above said surface and a four (4)

inches tall toe board mounted at the walking/working surface.


31

It is acceptable to utilize 3/8-inch wire rope cable in lieu of lumber. The wire rope cable shall be flagged at no more than six (6) foot intervals with highly visible material, i.e. yellow or orange caution tape. Upright support post spacing must not exceed eight (8) feet and the entire system must be capable of supporting 200 pounds’ force in any direction with minimum deflection. These systems are used to guard open sides of floors, platforms and walkways in elevated areas.

2. FLOOR OPENING/HOLE COVERS - Used to close openings and holes in floors,

platforms and walkways. These covers must be capable of supporting the maximum potential load they may be subjected to. The cover must completely cover the opening/hole and be secured against accidental displacement. These covers must be marked “HOLE COVER- DO NOT REMOVE”.

3. WARNING LINE SYSTEMS - A temporary rope, wire, or chain and supporting stanchion

erected not less than six (6) feet from the edge of a roof and flagged at no more than six (6) foot intervals with highly visible material. The lowest point of the line, including sag, must not be less than thirty-four (34) inches or more than thirty-nine (39) inches from the roof surface. If mechanical equipment is being used, the warning line must be ten (10) feet from the edge. The warning line stanchion supports must be able to withstand at least sixteen (16) pounds of force applied thirty (30) inches above the roof surface without tipping. Minimum tensile strength of the rope, wire or chain must be 500 pounds. The rope, wire or chain will be installed in such a manner that when pulled on in one section, slack is not taken up in adjacent sections. Work activities taking place outside the Warning Line System will require the use of secondary fall protection. All personnel performing work in proximity to a Warning Line System must be trained.

D. BODY HARNESS/LANYARD SYSTEM

1. General Requirements

a. Employees will only use approved full body harnesses and lanyards that are supplied by the company. Individually owned safety harness/lanyard systems may not be used.

b. The system will consist of a full body harness with two (2) shock absorbing lanyards.

c. The shock-absorbing lanyard will be attached to the D-Ring of the harness, located in the middle of the back.

d. The free end of the lanyard will be supplied with a double locking type snap hook.

e. The harness and lanyard will be attached so that an Employee can neither free- fall more than six (6) feet or contact a lower level.

f. Work positioning lanyards/devices are to be attached to D-Rings at the waist location of their body harness. The positioning device must always be backed up by a properly secured shock-absorbing lanyard attached to the D-Ring, located at the middle of the back.

2. When and Where Required

a. Employees will wear body harnesses while performing work at other than ground level or solid floor elevations and when other safeguards, such as standard guardrails, nets, planking, or scaffolding cannot be used to protect them from a fall distance of six (6) feet or more.

b. Body harness must be used under the following conditions:

i. When working on floats, boatswains chairs, or other suspended scaffolding or working platforms, the suspension of which is by ropes and needle beams, rope falls and brackets, ratchet type drum brackets and cable, metal rock brackets and needle beams, or by any other means where the support for the working platform is suspended from above.


32

ii. When working or walking on a toothpick stage, painter’s stage, or temporary staging of a similar nature (width, movability, etc.) even though hand railed.

iii. When working or walking on elevations and on surfaces (platforms, pipe racks, open structures, etc.) where the possibility of a fall exists.

iv. When working or walking (horizontal and vertical surfaces) with an unprotected edge or edge six (6) feet or more above lower elevations and standard guardrails are not in place.

v. When engaged in leading edge work six (6) feet or more above lower levels and guardrails are not in place.

vi. When receiving material at a hoist area where the guardrails have been removed and the Employee must lean through the access opening or out over the edge. The system used will allow the Employee to go only as far as the edge of the hoist way.

vii. When working on, at, above, or near wall openings (including those with chutes attached) where the outside bottom edge of the wall opening is six (6) feet or more above the lower levels and the inside bottom edge of the wall opening is less than thirty-nine (39) inches.

viii. When working or walking on surfaces that have holes more than six (6) feet above the lower level and are not protected by a hole cover or standard guardrails. (A hole cover or guardrail system will be the primary fall protection but may need to be removed because of construction/maintenance activities.)

ix. When working on the face or formwork or reinforcing steel six (6) feet or more above lower level.

x. When working from an aerial lift or approved personnel hoist.

xi. When working next to a well, pit, or shaft six (6) feet or more above lower levels and the use of standard guardrails as the primary fall protection system is not feasible.

3. Car

a.

e and Use

Softeners will be used where lanyards contact sharp edges.

b. Harnesses and lanyards will not be dragged over concrete or rough surfaces.

c. Harness and lanyards must be thoroughly dried out after they become wet; otherwise, deterioration will be hastened, regardless of the fiber.

d. Harnesses and lanyards will be dried before storing.

e. Harnesses and lanyards will not be stored on the ground or on concrete floors, but rather hung on pegs or hooks on dry walls.

f. To maintain the existing strength of anybody harness or lanyard, it will be stored safe from deleterious fumes, heat, chemicals, moisture, sunlight, rodents and biological attack.

g. Body harnesses and lanyards will be stored in a dry place where air circulates freely around them.

h. Body harnesses and lanyards will not be stored unless they have been cleaned. They can be hung in loops over a bar or beam and then sprayed with water to remove dirt. After washing, the lanyard will be allowed to dry and then be shaken to remove the rest of the dirt.

i. Knots will not be tied in lanyards for any reason.

4. Vertical Lifelines

a. Vertical lifelines will be able to support, and be attached to, an anchorage point that is capable of supporting 5,000 pounds per person.

b. Only one person will be attached to a vertical lifeline fall protection system.


33

c. Vertical lifelines with rope grabs are required for personnel working from spiders/sky climbers and two-point suspension scaffolds. These types of lifelines can also be used to provide fall protection for other operations, such as scaffold erection and structural steel erection, where tie-off points are limited and vertical mobility is required.

d. Sliding rope grabs approved for the size rope used are the only method for securing a safety lanyard to a vertical lifeline. Lanyards shall not be attached to lifelines by means of knots or loops.

e. Rope grabs shall be positioned on the lifeline at least above the shoulder of the user.

f. Vertical lifeline systems used for fall protection on suspended scaffolds will be secured to an anchorage point that is independent of the scaffold and support system.

g. Vertical lifelines must be used with appropriate rope grabs for lanyard attachments.

5. Horizontal Lifelines

a. All horizontal lifelines placed in skeletal steel structures (i.e., pipe racks, etc.) will be of at least ½-inch wire rope and be properly supported to withstand at least 5,000 pounds impact.

b. The horizontal lifeline system will be designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a designated Competent Person and as part of a complete fall arrest system, which maintains a safety factor of two (2).

c. Anchorages used for attachment of personal fall arrest equipment will be independent of any anchorage being used to support or suspend platforms and capable of supporting at least 5,000 pounds per person attached, or will be designed, installed and used as follows:

i) As part of a complete personal fall arrest system that maintains a safety factor of two (2).

ii) Under the supervision of a designated Competent Person.

6. Re tractable Reel Lifelines

a. Retractable lifelines will be installed by Competent Persons and according to manufacturer’s recommendations.

b. Retractable lifelines will be attached to an anchorage capable of supporting 5,000 pounds. THEY SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED USING ROPE.

c. Retractable lifelines will be equipped with a rope tagline for extending the device to elevations below the point of attachment.

d. Only on person may be attached to a retractable lifeline.

e. Never travel horizontally more than one-quarter of the height from working level to the anchorage point of the lifeline.

f. Lifeline Placement/Installation

i. Designate Competent Person(s) will install lifelines.

ii. Softeners will be placed where the lifeline contacts sharp edges.

iii. Intermediate supports will be adequate to minimize sag and vertical deflection under loading.

iv. Lifelines will be arranged to provide adequate mobility and maintain fall protection for personnel.

v. Lifelines will be installed to provide a shoulder high tie-off point for employees using them.


34

vi. Employees installing lifelines will be protected from falls by use of a retractable lifeline or tie-off to structural steel, etc.

g. Care of Lifelines

i. To maintain the existing strength of any lifeline rope (fiber or wire), it will be stored safe from deleterious fumes, heat, chemicals, moisture, sunlight, rodents and biological attack.

ii. Lifeline ropes will be stored in a dry place where air circulates freely about them.

iii. Lifeline systems will be inspected weekly by a designated Competent Person. This inspection will be documented.

7. Safety Nets

Safety nets may be used in some situations as secondary fall protection. Use and installation of nets when required will be under direction of the Safety Director.

8. Connectors’ Toggles

These devices lock into structural steel bolt holes to provide an attachment point for a safety lanyard. These devices are to be used by structural iron connectors and bolt up personnel during steel erection in the absence of primary fall protection.

E. SKELETAL STEEL/OPEN STRUCTURES

1. This section deals with fall protection when personnel are required to gain access to travel and work in skeletal steel/open structures, such as pipe racks. This includes traveling on or working on any elevated surface which is not designed as a personnel work surface or walkway (e.g., pipe, cable tray, etc.)

2. Personnel working or traveling in elevated skeletal steel/open structures shall secure their lanyards to a lifeline or structure capable of supporting 5,000 pounds at all times (100% fall protection).This includes horizontal and vertical travel.

3. Personnel working or traveling in skeletal steel/open structures shall have two (2) safety lanyards at all times in order to achieve 100% fall protection. One of the lanyards must be secured at all times.

4. An adequate lifeline system will be provided in skeletal steel/open structures to allow 100% fall protection for personnel working or traveling in these structures. A Competent

Person will perform the installation and maintenance of these lifelines.

5. Vertical travel in these structures shall consist of properly placed and secured access ladders equipped with retractable lifelines. Personnel climbing or descending these ladders shall secure these retractable lifelines to their safety harnesses while using the ladder.

6. In lieu of lifelines, personnel may secure safety lanyards to substantial structural steel members, pipe and pipe supports. Personnel shall avoid securing lanyards to cable tray, conduit and small-bore screw pipe.

F. SCAFFOLD ERECTION/DISMANTLING

1. Meeting fall protection requirements when erecting a scaffold requires advance planning. Evaluate whether a location above the scaffold can serve as an anchorage point for a retractable lifeline. If it requires the installation of an I-beam or channel, a structural engineer should be consulted.

2. If the scaffold itself is to be used as the anchorage point, the following guidelines shall be considered:


35

a. The scaffold should be tied in to an adjacent structure, if possible, at the first level for stability.

b. Uplift pins should be installed as soon as sections are added and prior to attaching fall protection

c. Keep to the center of the scaffold, using scaffold planks or picks on either side as “temporary guardrails”.

d. Use retractable lanyards attached to a body harness. Keep anchorage points high enough to maintain minimal free fall distance. The angle of the worker’s line should be less than 45 to the vertical to limit potential swing injuries.

e. For long row scaffolds (like masonry scaffolds), a horizontal lifeline may be installed provide fall protection during material handling procedures when guardrails are temporarily removed.

G. BODY HARNESS INSPECTIONS

1. An inspection of body harnesses and lanyards must be completed before initial use and daily prior to use. Inspection of body harnesses will be done thoroughly, paying close attention to the following items:

a. Brads

b. Buckles and D-rings

c. Webbing (must be free of frayed, cut or broken fibers - check for tears, abrasion, mold, burns, discoloration, etc.)

d. Stitching (pulled or cut - broken stitching may indicate impact loading)

e. Broken strands

f. Condition of grommets and buckle (make sure buckles work freely)

g. Presence of manufacturer’s date, tag and serial number

2. Harnesses and lanyards continually exposed to chemical atmospheres for over one week will be examined.

3. Items of harness hardware must not be damaged, distorted, broken, or have corrosion, worn parts, burrs or cracks.

H. LANYARD INSPECTIONS

1. Inspections of lanyards must be completed before initial use and daily prior to use.

2. Go over every foot of the lanyard. Rotate the lanyard so that the entire circumference is checked. Spliced ends are to be checked very closely.

a. HARDWARE - Must be thoroughly inspected and the following precautions taken:

i. Locking Snap hooks. Check for distortion, cracks, pitted surfaces, and corrosion. Assure that the latch seats properly and the spring exerts sufficient force to close the latch. Check to make sure the locking mechanism is working properly.

ii. Thimbles must be perfectly seated. The splice shall be freed of cut strands or loose ends.

b. ROPE LANYARD INSPECTION

i. Observe the number of fibers broken on the outside.

ii. Open up the rope by untwisting the strands. The interior should be as bright and clean as when it was new. In manila rope, an accumulation of powder- like sawdust indicates excessive internal wear.

iii. Displacement of yarns or strands, variation in size or roundness of strands, discoloration, and rotting are indicators that the rope should be taken out of service.


36

iv. Spots on the rope due to exposure to oils or chemicals indicate an unsafe rope.

v. Rope lanyards that have been continuously exposed to chemical atmospheres for over one week will be closely examined.

vi. The “fingernail test” is a quick test for chemical damage. A good estimate of the strength of fibers can be made by scratching the fibers with a fingernail - fibers of poor strength will readily part.

c. WEB LANYARD INSPECTION

Bend the webbing over a pipe or mandrel and look at each side of the webbed lanyard. By doing this, cuts and breaks will be revealed. Any swelling, discoloration, cracks, or charring are obvious signs of chemical or heat damage. Stitching will be closely observed for any breaks.

I. TRAINING

1. The company will provide training to each employee that might be exposed to a fall hazard. The training will enable each employee to recognize the hazards of falling and the procedures to be followed to minimize these hazards.

2. The Safety Director will assure that employees have been trained as necessary in the following areas:

a. Nature of fall hazards in work areas. b. Correct procedure for erecting, maintaining, disassembling, and inspecting the fall

protection system to be used. c. The use and operation of the applicable fall protection system to be used (i.e.,

guardrail systems, safety harnesses/lanyards, retractable lifelines, etc.) d. Specialized fall protection procedures (warning lines, etc.) if used. e. Limitations of mechanical equipment use during performance. f. Correct procedure for handling and storage of equipment and materials and the

erection of overhead protection.

g. The role employees in fall protection plans. h. How to provide for prompt rescue and how to conduct a self-rescue in the event of

a fall. i. OSHA 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M standards except those portions exceeded by the

company.

3. Training Records


i. Name of the employee(s) trained. ii.





4. Retraining

a. Employees will be retrained on an annual basis or when:

i. Changes in workplace render previous training obsolete.

ii. Changes in the type of fall protection system or equipment occur.

iii. The affected employee has not retained the necessary understanding of the fall protection system or equipment and the necessary skill.


37

ELECTRICAL SAFETY PROGRAM SECTION 10

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. that employees will be trained in the appropriate safety requirements while working with electrical systems.

SCOPE

To establish safe work habits to prevent electrical shock or other injuries resulting from either direct or indirect electrical contacts, when work is performed near or on equipment or circuits which are or may be energized.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Approved - Means acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

2. Ach Flash Hazard - Means a dangerous condition associated with the possible release of

energy caused by electrical arc (See Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) for examples of activities that could pose an arc flash hazard.)

3. Arch Flash Suit - A complete arc-rated clothing and equipment system that covers the entire

body, except for the hands and feet.

4. Authorized Person - Means a person approved or assigned by PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to perform a specific duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations at the jobsite.

5. Balaclava (Shock Hood) - An arc-related hood that protects the neck and head except

for the facial are of the eyes and nose.

6. Barricade - A physical obstruction such as tapes, cones, or A-frame-type wood or metal structures intended to provide a warning and limit access.

7. Bonded (Bonding) - Connected to established electrical continuity and conductivity.

8. Cabinet - Means an enclosure designed with either for surface or flush mounting and is

provided with a frame, mat or trim in which a swinging door or doors are or can be hug.

9. Competent Person - means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has the authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

10. Conductive – Suitable for carrying electric current.

11. Conductor (Bare) - means a conductor having no covering or electrical insulation

whatsoever.

12. Conductor (Insulated) - means a conductor encased within material of composition and thickness that is recognized as electrical insulation

13. De-energized - Free from electrical connection to a source of potential difference and from

electrical charge; not having a potential different from that of the earth.


38

14. Defect - means any characteristic or condition that tends to weaken or reduce strength of the tool, object, or structure of which it is a part.

15. Disconnect - means a device, or group of devices, or other means by which

the conductors of a circuit can be disconnected from their source of supply.

16. Electrically Safe Work Condition - means a state in which an electrical conductor or circuit part has been disconnected from energized parts, locked/tagged in accordance with established standards, tested to ensure the absence of voltage, and grounded if determined necessary.

17. Electrical Hazard - is recognized to include three separate hazard categories.

a. Electric Shock:

i. Simultaneous contact with multiple energized conductors.

ii. Contact with one of the energized conductors and grounded surfaces.

iii. Contact with a metallic part that has become energized by an

energized source.

b. Electric Arc:

Arcing faults are generated when air and/or vaporized material are capable of carrying electrical current. Arc temperatures can reach 35,000 degrees F., and the flash burns from exposure to the arc fault may be severe or fatal.

c. Arc Blast:

Tremendous air pressure is developed as a result of the instantaneous occurrence of an electric arc, in the form of a shock wave that may cause property damage, injury, or death.

18. Enclosed - means surrounded by a case, housing, fence or walls which shall

prevent persons from accidentally contacting energized electrical conductors or circuit parts.

19. Enclosure - means the case or housing of apparatus, or the fence or walls

surrounding an installation to prevent personnel from accidentally contacting energized electrical conductors or circuit parts, or to protect the equipment from physical damage.

20. Energized - means electrically connected to a voltage source or otherwise

electrically charged with a potential different than surrounding surfaces.

21. Exposed (As applied to energized electrical conductors or circuit parts) –

means capable of being inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe

distance by a person. It is applied to electrical conductors or circuit parts that are

not suitably guarded, isolated or insulated.

22. Guarded - means covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed, or otherwise protected by

means of suitable covers, casings, barriers, rails, screens, mats, or platforms to remove the likelihood of approach to a point of danger or contact by persons or objects to a point of danger.


39

23. Insulated - means separated from other conducting surfaces by

dielectric (including air space) offering a high resistance to the passage of

electric current.

24. Insulated Tools - means tools or equipment that are factory i nsulated and

designed for contact with the expected voltage.

25. Isolated - means not readily accessible to persons unless special means for

access are used.

26. Labeled - means equipment or materials to which has been attached a label,

symbol or other identifying mark of a qualified testing laboratory which indicates

compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner.

27. Limited Approach Boundary - means a risk of shock exists within this boundary.

Unqualified persons may enter this area if they are under the supervision of a qualified worker using Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

28. NEC - stands for National Electrical Code.

29. NFPA 70E - stands for National Fire Protection Association 70E: Standard for

Electrical Safety in the Workplace concerning arc flash protection.

30. Protective Clothing - means clothing including shirts, pants, coveralls and jackets, routinely worn by workers who, under normal working conditions, are exposed to momentary electric arcing and related thermal hazards. Arc rated rainwear worn in inclement weather is included in this category of clothing. Protective clothing shall be made of all 100% natural fibers and be untreated. This type of clothing may be used in combination with Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) to achieve additional personal level of protection.

31. Qualified Person - means a person who has demonstrated skills and knowledge

related to the construction and operation of electrical equipment and installations and has received safety training to identify and avoid the hazards involved.

32. Raceway - means an enclosed channel of metal or nonmetallic materials designed

expressly for holding wires, cables, or busbars, with additional functions as permitted in the standard.

33. Receptacle - means a contact device installed at the outlet for the connection of a

single attachment plug. A single receptacle is a single contact device with no other contact device on the same yoke. A multiple receptacle is t w o o r m o r e c o n t a c t d e v i c e s o n t h e s a m e y o k e .

34. Restricted Approach Boundary - means an approach limit at a distance from an

exposed energized electrical conductor or circuit part within which there is an increased likelihood of electrical shock, due to electrical arc-over combined with inadvertent movement, for personnel working in close proximity to the energized electrical conductor or circuit part. .


40

35. Risk Assessment – means an overall process that identifies hazards, estimates the potential severity or injury or damage to health, estimates the likelihood of occurrence of injury or damage to health, and determines if protective measures are required (As used in the NFPA 70E standard, arc flash risk assessment and shock risk assessment are types of risk assessments.)

36. Unqualified Person - A person who is not a qualified person.

B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. All tools and equipment must utilize electrical protection with a GFCI. All electrical

tools and equipment must be grounded or double insulated.

2. All extension cords shall be of the three-wire type designed for hard or extra hard usage and marked with one of the following codes: S, ST, SO, STO, SJ, SJO, SJT, SJTO.

3. Each employee shall visually inspect his or her cords and tools daily. Do not use

frayed, cracked or deteriorated extension or equipment cords. Damaged or defective tools or cords shall not be used, tagged and shall be immediately removed from service.

4. Electrical extension cords should not be fastened or hung from non-insulated

staples, nails or suspended by wire.

5. Remove plugs from outlets by pulling on the plug itself, not by pulling on the wire.

6. Energized wiring outlets, junction boxes, circuit breaker panels, etc., must be covered at all times.

7. Temporary lights shall have protective cages to prevent accidental contact with the

bulb.

8. Do not use standard electrical tools in wet or damp conditions.

9. If any electrical product gives the slightest sensation of shock when touched, it should be tagged defective and removed from service and stored where it cannot be used accidentally.

10. Do not use electrical cords for hoisting or lowering.

11. Conductive items of jewelry or clothing shall not be worn unless they are rendered non-conductive by covering, wrapping or other insulating means.

12. Employees may not enter spaces containing exposed energized parts, unless illumination is provided that enables the employees to perform the work safely.

13. Where lack of illumination or an obstruction precludes observation of the work to be

performed, employees may not perform tasks near exposed energized parts.

14. When an unqualified employee is working in an elevated position near overhead lines, the location shall be such that the employee and the longest conductive object he or she may contact cannot come closer to any unguarded, energized overhead line than the following distances:

a. For voltages to ground 50kV or below - 10 feet.


41

b. For voltages to ground over 50kV - 10 feet, plus 4 inches (10 cm) for every 10kV over 50kV.

15. All ladders shall have non-conductive side rails and be constructed of wood or fiberglass.

16. When working in a confined or enclosed space (such as a manhole or vault) that

contains exposed energized parts, the company shall provide, and the employee shall use, protective shields, protective barriers, or insulating materials as necessary to avoid inadvertent contact with these parts. Doors, hinged panels, and the like shall be secured to prevent their swinging into an employee and causing the employee to contact exposed energized parts.

17. Conductors and parts of electric equipment that have been de-energized but have not

been locked out or tagged shall be treated as energized parts.

18. Employees exposed to contact with parts of fixed electric equipment or circuits which have been de-energized, the circuits energizing the parts shall be locked out or tagged or both in accordance with the requirements of “Hazardous Energy Control Program - Section 12”.

19. Check the clearance in your work area, including all overhead power lines before

starting your operation. Any vehicle or mechanical equipment capable of having parts of its structure elevated near energized overhead lines shall be operated so that a clearance of ten (10) ft. is maintained. If the voltage is higher than 50kV, the clearance shall be increased four (4) in. (10 cm) for every 10kV over that voltage.

20. Employees shall not enter spaces containing electrical hazards, unless illumination

is provided that enables the employees to perform the work safely. Where lack of illumination or an obstruction precludes observation of the work to be performed, employees shall not perform task within the Limited Approach Boundary of energized electrical conductors or circuit parts operating at 50 volts or more or where an electrical hazard exists. Employees shall not reach blindly into areas which may contain energized electrical conductors or circuit parts.

21. Conductive materials, tools and equipment that are in contact with any part of an

employee's body shall be handled in a manner that prevents accidental contact with energized electrical conductors or circuit parts.

22. Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing (such as watch bands, bracelets,

piercings, earrings, rings, key chains, necklaces, metalized aprons, cloth with conductive thread, or metal headgear) shall not be worn.

C. ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL PARTS AND SYSTEMS

Safety-related work practices shall be employed to prevent electric shock or other injuries resulting from either direct or indirect electrical contacts, when work is performed near or on equipment or circuits which are or may be energized. The specific safety-related work practices shall be consistent with the nature and extent of the associated electrical hazards.

Live parts to which an employee may be exposed shall be de-energized before the employee works on or near them (within the Limited Approach Boundary), unless it can be demonstrated that de -energizing introduces additional or increased hazards or is infeasible due to equipment design or operational limitations. Live parts that


42

operate at less than 50 volts to ground need not be de-energized if there will be no increased exposure to electrical burns or to explosion due to electric arcs.

If the exposed live parts are not de-energized following the six step procedure located in this section under the heading “Working On or Near Exposed De-Energized Parts” (i.e., for reasons of greater hazard or infeasibility), other safety-related work practices shall be used to protect employees who may be exposed to the electrical hazards involved. Such work practices shall protect employees against contact with energized circuit parts directly with any part of their body or indirectly through some other conductive object. The work practices that are used shall be suitable for the conditions under which the work is to be performed and for the voltage level of the exposed electric conductors or circuit parts.

1. PRE-WORK PREPARATION

Before starting each job, the employee in charge shall conduct a job briefing with the employees involved. The briefing shall cover such subjects as hazards associated with the job, work procedures involved, special precautions, energy source controls, and personal protective equipment requirements.

If the work or operations to be performed during the work day or shift are repetitive and similar, at least one job briefing shall be conducted before the start of the first job of the day or shift. Additional job briefings shall be held if changes that might affect the safety of employees occur during the course of the work.

A brief discussion shall be satisfactory if the work involved is routine and if the employee, by virtue of training and experience, can reasonably be expected to recognize and avoid the hazards involved in the job. A more extensive discussion shall be conducted if either of the following apply:

a. The work is complicated or particularly hazardous.

b. The employee cannot be expected to recognize and avoid the hazards

involved in the job.

2. HOST EMPLOYER RESPONSIBLITIES

The host employer shall inform contract employers of the following:

a. Known hazards that are covered by NFPA 70E Standard, that are related to

the contract employer’s work, and that might be recognized by the contract employer or its employees.

b. Information about the employer’s installation that the contract employer needs

to make the required assessments.

c. The host employer shall report observed contract employer related violations

to contract employer.

3. CONTRACT EMPLOYER RESPONSIBLITIES

a. The contract employer shall ensure that each of his or her employees is

instructed in the hazards communicated to the contract employer by the host employer. This instruction is in addition to the basic training required by the NFPA 70E Standard.

b. The contract employer shall ensure that each of his or her employees follows the work practices required by this standard and safety-related work rules required by the host employer.


43

c. The contract employer shall advise the host employer of the following: i. Any unique hazards presented by the contract employer’s work.

ii. Hazards identified during the course of work by the contract employer that were not communicated by the host employer.

iii. The measures the contractor took to correct any violations reported to the host employer to prevent such violation from recurring in the future.

4. WORKING ON OR NEAR EXPOSED DE-ENERGIZED PARTS

Employees shall utilize the following six step procedure to establish an “Electrically Safe Work Condition” anytime that work is to be done on electrical systems.

a. Determine all possible sources of electrical supply to the specific

equipment. Check applicable up-to-date drawings, diagrams, and identification tags.

b. After properly interrupting the load current, open the disconnecting device(s) for each source. Control circuit devices, such as push buttons, selector switches, and interlocks, shall not be used as the sole means for de- energizing circuits or equipment.

c. Where it is possible, visually verify that all blades of the disconnecting devices are fully open or that draw out type circuit breakers are withdrawn to the fully disconnected position.

d. Apply lockout/tagout devices in accordance with “Hazardous Energy

Control Program Section 12” of this manual. e. Use an adequately rated test instrument to test each phase conductor or

circuit part to verify they are de-energized. i. Test every exposed conductor or circuit part(s) within the

Limited Approach boundary of the work area before touching. ii. Test each phase conductor or circuit part both phase-to-phase

and phase-to-ground. iii. Before and after each test, determine that the voltage detector is

operating satisfactorily by testing on a known source. iv. Retest for absence of voltage when circuit conditions change or when

the job location has been left unattended. v. Where there is no accessible exposed point to take voltage

m e a s u r e m e n t s , planning considerations shall include methods of verification. A written “Job Hazard Analysis Form – Appendix 18A.” shall be completed to document the procedure for verifying an electrically safe work condition.

f. Where the possibility of induced voltages or stored electrical energy exists (such as capacitors, fans and pumps), ground the phase conductors or circuit parts before touching them. Where it could be reasonably anticipated that the conductors or circuit parts being de-energized could contact other exposed energized conductors or circuit parts, apply ground connecting devices rated for the available fault duty. When capacitors or associated equipment are handled, they shall be treated as energized. Stored non-electrical energy in devices that could reenergize electrical parts shall be blocked or relieved to the extent that the parts could not be accidentally energized by the device.

5. WORKING ON OR NEAR EXPOSED ENERGIZED PARTS

The safety of all personnel shall be the number one priority of everyone involved in and around the work site. Electrical safety shall be thoroughly understood by anyone involved with working on energized and non - energized equipment.


44

6. TO MINIMIZE PERSONAL EXPOSURE TO INJURY

a. An “Energized Work Permit Appendix 16-A” shall be completed where

required by the Electrical Safety Matrix. Work performed on or near live parts

by qualified persons related to tasks such as testing, troubleshooting, voltage measuring, etc., shall be permitted to be performed without an “Energized Electrical Work Permit Appendix 16-A” provided appropriate safe work practices and personal protective equipment in accordance with the Electrical Safety Matrix are used.

b. De-energize, lock-out, tag-out and test all potential energy sources using Live/Dead/Live procedure.

c. The Customer Representative and Pro Electric L.C. Safety Director shall participate in any decision to perform work on/to energized equipment. An “Energized Electrical Work Permit Appendix 16-A” shall be completed and

signed by the authorized employee, Customer Representative and Pro Electric L.C. Safety Director. The Customer Representative shall communicate the risks related to employees and equipment.

d. A written plan of action for an emergency including means to quickly remove sources of energy shall be completed on “Energized Electrical Work Permit Appendix 16-A”

e. Protective shields, protective barriers, or insulating materials shall be used to protect employees from injury while working within the Limited Approach Boundary of exposed energized components/equipment. When energized parts are exposed, they shall be guarded to protect from contact.

f. Personal jewelry is prohibited; shirt and pants pockets shall emptied, tool belts removed before starting work on energized equipment.

g. All unnecessary tools/equipment shall be moved away from work area. h. Employees shall avoid working in any position from which a shock or slip will

tend to bring body and/or tools toward exposed energized equipment. i. Employees shall remove all materials, tools, & unnecessary goods to maintain

the minimum clear working space in front of electrical equipment such as switchboards, motor control centers, panelboards, disconnect switches and similar equipment as close as possible to that specified in NEC table 110-34[a].

j. Tools shall be rated for working with the expected voltage.

k Individuals working near energized equipment shall be trained and qualified. l. It is the responsibility of the employee to halt work, immediately, and

notify supervisor if unsure of ability, scope of work, or pending safety issue, at

any time in the workday.

m. A designated qualified person shall be present in the isolated work area while preparing for, and during energized work. If designated person is not in the energized work area, all work shall cease.


45

7. APPROACH BOUNDRIES FOR SHOCK PROTECTION NEAR LIVE PARTS AC SYSTEMS

Table 130.4(D)(a) Approach Boundaries to Energized E lectrical C o nductors or Circuit Parts

for Shock Protection for Alternating-Current Systems (All dimensions are distance from

energized electrical conductor or circuit part to employee.)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Limited Approach Boundaryb Restricted Approach

Boundaryb; Includes Nominal System Voltage Range, Phase to Phasea

Exposed Movable Exposed Fixed Conductorc Circuit Part

Inadvertent Movement Adder

<50 v

50 V-150 Vd

Not specified

3.0 m (10 ft. 0 in.)

Not specified

1.0 m (3 ft. 6 in.)

Not specified

Avoid contact

151 V-750 V 3.0 m (10 ft. 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft. 6 in.) 0.3 m (1 ft. 0 in.)

751 V-IS kV 3.0 m (10 ft. 0 in.) 1.5 m (5 ft. 0 in.) 0.7 m (2 ft. 2 in.)

15.1 kV- 36 k V 3.0 m (10 ft. 0 in.) 1.8 m (6 ft. 0 in.) 0.8 m (2 ft. 7 in.)

36.1 kV-46 kV

46.1 kV-72.5 kV

72.6 kV- 121 kV

3.0 m (10 ft. 0 in.)

3.0 m (10 ft. 0 in.)

3.3 m (10 ft. 8 in.)

2.5 m (8 ft. 0 in.)

2.5 m (8 ft. 0 in.)

2.5 m (8 ft. 0 in.)

0.8 m (2 ft. 9 in.)

1.0 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

1.0 m (3 ft. 4 in.)

138 kV- 145 kV 3.4 m (11 ft. 0 in.) 3.0 m (11 ft. 0 in.) 1.2 m (3 ft. 10 in.)

161 kV- 169 kV 3.6 m (11 ft. 8 in.) 3.6 m (11 ft. 8 in.) 1.3 m (4 ft. 3 in.)

230 kV- 242 k V 4.0 m (13 ft. 0 in.) 4.0 m (13 ft. 0 in.) 1.7 m (5 ft. 8 in.)

345 kV-362 kV 4.7 m (15 ft. 4 in.) 4.7 m (15 ft. 4 in.) 2.8 m (9 ft. 2 in.)

500 kV-550 kV 5.8 m (19 ft. 0 in.) 5.8 m (19ft. 0 in.) 3.6 m (II ft. 10 in.)

765 kV-800 kV 7.2 m (23 ft. 9 in.) 7.2 m (23 ft. 9 in.) 4.9 m (15 ft. 11 in.)

Note ( l): For arc flash boundary, see 130.5(A ).

Note (2): All dimensions are distance from exposed energized electrical conductors or circuit part to employee.

a F or single-phase systems above 250V, select the range that is equal to the system's maximum phase-to• ground voltage multiplied by 1.732.

b See definition in Article 100 and t e x t i n 130.4( D)(2) and Informative Annex C for elaboration.

c E x p o s e d m o v a b l e c o n d u c t o r s d e s c r i b e s t h e c o n d i t i o n in which the distance between the conductor and a person is not under the control of the person. The term is normally applied to overhead line conductors supported by poles.

d T h i s includes circuits where expo sure do es not exc eed 12 0V.

(Table provided by NFPA 70E 2015)


46

8. APPROACH BOUNDRIES FOR SHOCK PROTECTION NEAR LIVE PARTS DC SYSTEMS

Table 130.4(D) (b) Approach Boundaries to Energized Electrical Conductors or Circuit Parts for Shock Protection, Direct-Current Voltage Systems

(l) (2) (3) (4)

Limited Approach Boundary Restricted Approach Boundary; Includes

Nominal Potential Difference

Exposed Moveable Exposed Fixed Conductor* Circuit Part

Inadvertent Movement Adder

<I00V Not specified Not specified Not specified

100 V-300 V 3.0 m (10 ft. 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft. 6 in.) Avoid contact

301 V-1 kV 3.0 m (10ft. 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft. 6 in.) 0.3 m (1 ft. 0 in.)

1.1 kV-5 kV 3.0 m (10ft. 0 in.) 1.5 m (5 ft. 0 in.) 0.5 m (1 ft. 5 in.)

5 kV-15 kV 3.0 m (10ft. 0 in.) 1.5 m (5 ft. 0 i n.) 0.7 m (2 ft. 2 in.)

15.1 kV-45 kV 3.0 m (10ft. 0 in.) 2.5 m (8 ft. 0 in.) 0.8 m (2 ft. 9 in.)

45.1 kV- 75 K V 3.0 m (10 ft. 0 in.) 2.5 m (8 ft. 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft. 2 in.)

75.1 kV-150 kV 3.3 m (10ft. 8 in.) 3.0 m (10ft. 0 in.) 1.2 m (4 ft. 0 in.)

150.1 kV-250 kV 3.6 m (11 ft. 8 in.) 3.6 m (11 ft. 8 in.) 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

250.1 kV- 500 kV 6.0 m (20 ft. 0 in.) 6.0 m (20 ft. 0 in.) 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)

500.1 kV-SOO kV 8.0 m (26 ft. 0 in.) 8.0 m (26 ft. 0 in.) 5.0 m (16 ft. 5 in.)

Note: All dimensions are distance from exposed energized electrical conductors or circuit parts to worker.

* Exposed movable conductor describes a condition in which the distance between the conductor and a person is not under the control of the person. The term is normally applied to overhead line conductors supported by poles.

(Table provided by NFPA 70E 2015)


47

9. ARC FLASH HAZARD IDENTIFICATION FOR AC AND DC SYSTEMS

Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) Arc Flash Hazard Identification for Alternating Current (ac) and Direct Current (dc) Systems

Task

Equipment Condition*

Arc Flash PPE Required

Reading a panel meter while operating a meter switch Any No

Normal operation of a circuit breaker (CB), switch, contactor or starter

All of the following: The equipment is properly installed The equipment is properly maintained All equipment doors are closed and secured All equipment covers are in place and secured There is no evidence of impending failure

No

One or more of the following: The equipment is not properly installed The equipment is not properly maintained Equipment doors are open or not secured Equipment covers are off or not secured There is evidence of impending failure

Yes

For ac systems: Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts, including voltage testing

Any Yes

For dc systems: Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts of series-connected battery cells, including voltage testing

Any Yes

Voltage testing on individual battery cells or individual multi-cell units

All of the following: The equipment is properly installed The equipment is properly maintained Covers for all other equipment are in place and secured There are no evidence of impeding failure

No


Yes

Removal or installation of CBs or switches Any Yes Removal or installation of covers for Equipment such as wire ways, junction boxes, and cable trays that does not expose bare energized electrical conductors and circuit parts

All of the following: The equipment is properly installed The equipment is properly maintained There are no evidence of impeding failure

No

All of the following: The equipment is not properly installed The equipment is not properly maintained

Yes

Removal of bolted covers (to expose bare energized electrical conductors and circuit parts). For dc systems, this includes bolted covers, such as battery terminal covers.

Any Yes


48



Task

Equipment condition*

Arc Flash

PPE Removal of battery intercell connectors covers All of the following:

The equipment is properly installed The equipment is properly maintained Covers for all other equipment are in place and secured There are no evidence of impeding failure

No


Yes

Opening hinged door(s) or cover(s) (to expose bare energized electrical conductors or circuit parts)

Any Yes

Perform infrared thermography and other noncontact inspections outside the restricted approach boundary. This activity does not include opening of doors or covers.

Any No

Application of temporary protective grounding equipment after voltage test

Any Yes

Work on control circuits with exposed electrical Conductors and circuit parts, 120 volts or below without any other exposed energized equipment Over 120 volts including opening of hinged covers to gain access

Any No

Work on control circuits with exposed energized electrical conductors and circuit parts, greater than 120 V

Any Yes

Insertion or removal (racking) of CBs or starters from cubicles, doors open or closed

Any Yes

Insertion or removal of plug-in devices into or from busways

Any Yes

Insulated cable examination with no manipulation of cable

Any No

Insulated cable examination with manipulation of cable

Any Yes

Work on exposed energized electrical conductors and circuits parts of equipment directly supplied by a panelboard or motor control center

Any Yes

Insertion or removal of revenue meter (kW-hour at primary voltage and current)

Any Yes

For dc systems: Insertion or removal of individual cells

Any Yes

For dc systems: Insertion or removal of individual cells or multi-cell units of a battery system in an open rack

Any No


49



Task

Equipment condition* Arc Flash PPE Required

For dc systems: Maintenance on a single cell of a system or multi-cell units in an open rack

Any No

For dc systems: Work on exposed energized electrical conductors and circuit parts or utilization equipment directly supplied by a dc source

Any Yes

Arc-resistance switchgear Type 1 or 2 (for cleaning times of <0.5 sec with a prospective fault current not to exceed the arc-resistant rating of the equipment) and metal enclosed interrupter switchgear, fused or unfused of arc resistant type construction tested in accordance with IEEE C37.20.7

• Insertion or removal (racking) of CBs from cubicles

• Insertion or removal (racking) of ground and test device

• Insertion or removal (racking) of voltage transformers on or off the bus

All of the following: The equipment is properly installed The equipment is properly maintained All equipment doors are closed and secured All equipment covers are in place and secured There is no evidence of impending failure

No


Yes

Opening voltage transformer or control power transformer compartments

Any Yes

Outdoor disconnect switch operation (hook stick operated) at 1 kV through 15 kV

Any Yes

Outdoor disconnect switch operation (gang- operated, from grade) at 1 kV through 15 kV

Any Yes

Note: Hazard identification is one component of risk assessment. Risk assessment involves a determination of the likelihood of occurrence of an incident, resulting from a hazard that could cause injury or damage to health. The assessment of the likelihood of occurrence contained in this table does not cover every possible condition or situation. Where the table indicates that arc flash PPE is not required, an arc flash is not likely to occur.

*The phrase properly installed, as used in this table, means that the equipment is installed in accordance with applicable industry codes and standards and the manufacturer's recommendations. The phrase properly maintained, as used in this table, means that the equipment has been maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and applicable industry codes and standards. The phrase evidence of impending failure, as used in this table, means that there is evidence of arcing, overheating, loose or bound equipment parts, visible damage, deterioration, or other damage.


50

12. ARC-FLASH HAZARD PPE CATEGORIES FOR AC SYSTEMS

Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b) Arc-Flash Hazard Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Categories Categories for Alternating Current (ac) Systems

Equipment Arc Flash PPE Category Arc Flash Boundary Arc Flash PPE Arc Flash Boundary

Panelboards or other equipment rated 240V and below

Parameters: Maximum of 25 kA short-circuit current available; maximum of 0.03 sec (2 cycles) fault clearing time; working distance 455 mm (18 in.)

1

485mm

(19 in.)

Panelboards or other equipment rated >240V and up to 600V

Parameters: Maximum of 25 kA short-circuit current available; maximum 0.03 sec (2 cycles) fault clearing time; working distance 455 mm (18 in.)

2

900 mm

(3ft.)

600-V class motor control centers (MCCs)

Parameters: Maximum of 65 kA short-circuit current available; maximum of 0.03 sec (2 cycles) fault clearing time; working distance 455 (18 in.)

2

1.5m

(5 ft.)

600-V class motor control centers (MCCs)

Parameters: Maximum of 42 kA short-circuit current available; maximum

of 0.33 sec (20 cycles) fault clearing time; working distance 455 mm (18 in.)

4

4.3 m

(14 ft.)

600-V class switchgear (with power circuit breakers or fused switches) and 600 V class switchboards

Parameters: Maximum of 35 kA short-circuit current available; maximum of up to 0.5 sec (30 cycles) fault clearing time; working distance 455 mm (18 in.)

4

6 m

(20 ft.)

Other 600-V class (277 V through 600 V, nominal) equipment

Parameters: Maximum of 65 kA short circuit current available; maximum of 0.03 sec (2 cycles) fault clearing time; working distance 455 mm (18 in.)

2

1.5 m

(5 ft.)

NEMA E2 (fused contactor) motor starters, 2.3 kV through 7.2 kV


4

12m

(40 ft.)

Metal-clad switchgear, 1 kV through 15 kV

Parameters: Maximum of 35 kA sort-circuit current available; maximum

of up to 0.24 sec (15 cycles) fault clearing time; working distance 910 mm (36 in.)

4

12m

(40 ft.)

Arc-resistant switchgear Type 1 or 2 [for clearing times of <0.5 sec (30 cycles) with a perspective fault current not to exceed the arc-resistant rating of the equipment], and metal- enclosed interrupter switchgear, fused or unfused of arc-resistant-type construction, tested in accordance with IEEE C37.20.7,1 kV through 15 kV

N/A (doors closed)

N/A (doors closed)


4 (doors open)

12 m (40 ft.)

Other equipment 1 kV through 15 kV


4

12m

(40 ft.)

Note: for equipment rated 600 volts and below, and protected by upstream current-limiting fuses or current-limiting circuit breakers sized at 200 amperes or less, the arc flash PPE category can be reduced by one number but not below arc flash PPE category 1.


51

13. ARC-FLASH HAZARD PPE CATEGORIES FOR DC SYSTEMS

Table 130.7 (C)(15)(B) Arc-Flash Hazard Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Categories for Direct Current (dc) Systems

Equipment

Arc Flash PPE Category

Arc Flash Boundary

Storage batteries, dc switchboards, and other dc supply sources

100V > Voltage < 250V Parameters: Voltage: 250V Maximum arc duration and working distance: 2 sec @ 455 mm (18 in.)

Short-circuit current < 4 kA

1

900 mm

(3ft)

4 kA ≤ short-circuit current < 7 kA

2

1.2m

(4ft)

7 kA ≤ short-circuit current 15 kA

3

1.8m

(6ft)

Storage batteries, dc switchboards, and other dc supply sources

250V ≤ Voltage ≤ 600 V Parameters: Voltage: 600V Maximum arc duration and working distance: 2 sec @ 455 mm (18 in.)

Short-circuit current 1.5 kA

1

900mm

(3ft)

1.5 kA ≤ short-circuit current < 3 kA

2

1.2m

(4ft)

3 kA ≤ short-circuit current 7 kA

3

1.8m

(6ft)

7 kA ≤ short-circuit current < 10 kA

4

2.5m

(8ft)

Note: Apparel that can be expected to be exposed to electrolyte must meet both of the following conditions: (1) Be evaluated for electrolyte protection in accordance with ASTM F1296, Standard Guide for Evaluating Chemical Protective Clothing (2) Be arc-rated in accordance with ASTM F1891, Standard Specification for Arc Rated and Flame Resistant Rainwear, or equivalent


52

14. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) NEAR LIVE PARTS

ELECTRICAL SAFETY MATRIX

TASK (ASSUMES EQUIPMENT IS ENERGIZED, AND WORK, IS DONE WITHIN THE FLASH PROTECTION BOUNDARY)

P

PE

CA

TEG

OR

Y

V-R

ATE

D G

LOV

ES

V-R

ATE

D T

OO

LS

NA

TUR

AL

FIB

ER C

LOTH

ING

LON

G S

LEEV

E SH

IRT

11

/12

CA

L/CM

2 H

OO

DED

JAC

KET

AN

D P

AN

TS

DEN

IM J

EAN

S

HA

RD

HA

T

SAFE

TY G

LASS

ES

HEA

RIN

G P

RO

TEC

TIO

N

8 C

AL/

CM

2 FA

CE S

HIE

LD

45

/51

CA

L/CM

2 FL

ASH

SU

IT

ENER

GIZ

ED W

OR

K P

ERM

IT 1

2.1

Q

UA

LIFI

ED S

TAN

DB

Y P

ERSO

N

PANELBOARDS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT RATED 240V AND BELOW – NOTE 1 Perform infrared thermography and other non-contact inspections outside the restricted approach boundary

0 ● ● ● ●

Circuit breaker (CB) or fused switch (FS) operation with covers on 0 ● ● ● ● CB or FS operation with covers off 0 ● ● ● ● Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts, including voltage testing

1

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Remove/install CBs or fused switches 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Removal of bolted covers (to expose bare, energized electrical conductors and circuit parts)

1

●

●

●

●

●

●

Opening hinged covers (to expose bare, energized electrical conductors and circuit parts)

0 ● ● ● ●

Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts of utilization equipment fed directly by a branch circuit of the panelboard

1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

PANELBOARDS OR SWITCHBOARDS RATED >240 AND UP TO 600V (WITH MOLDED CASE OR INSULATED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER) – NOTE 1

Perform infrared thermography and other non-contact inspections outside the restricted approach boundary

1 ● ● ● ● ● ●

CB or FS operation with covers on 0 ● ● ● ● CB or FS operation with covers off 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts, including voltage testing

2*

2*

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts of utilization equipment fed directly by a branch circuit of the panelboard

600 V CLASS MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS (MCCS) – NOTE 2 (EXCEPT AS INDICATED)

Perform infrared thermography and other non-contact inspections outside the restricted approach boundary

1 ● ● ● ● ● ●

CB or FS or starter operation with enclosure doors closed 0 ● ● ● ● Reading a panel meter while operating a meter switch 0 ● ● ● ● CB or fused switch or starter operation with enclosure doors open 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts, including voltage testing

2*

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Work on control circuits with energized electrical conductors and circuit parts 120V or below, exposed

0

●

●

●

●

●

●

Work on control circuits with energized electrical conductors and circuit parts

>120V, exposed

2*

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Insertion or removal of individual starter “buckets” from MCC – Note 3 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Application of safety grounds, after voltage test 2* ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Removal of bolted cover (to expose bare, energized electrical conductors and circuit parts) – Note 3

4

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Opening hinged covers (to expose bare, energized electrical conductors and circuit parts) – Note 3

1

●

●

●

●

●

●

Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts of utilization equipment fed directly by a branch circuit of the motor control center

2*

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●


53


TASK (ASSUMES EQUIPMENT IS ENERGIZED, AND

WORK, IS DONE WITHIN THE FLASH PROTECTION

BOUNDARY)

PP

E C

ATE

GO

RY

V-R

ATE

D G

LOV

ES

V-R

ATE

D T

OO

LS

NA

TUR

AL

FIB

ER C

LOTH

ING

LON

G S

LEEV

E SH

IRT

11

/12

CA

L/CM

2 H

OO

DED

DEN

IM J

EAN

S

HA

RD

HA

T

SAFE

TY G

LASS

ES

HEA

RIN

G P

RO

TEC

TIO

N

8 C

AL/

CM

2 FA

CE

SHIE

LD

45

/51

CA

L/CM

2 FL

ASH

SU

IT

ENER

GIZ

ED W

OR

K P

ERM

IT 1

2.1

Q

UA

LIFI

ED S

TAN

DB

Y P

ERSO

N

600 V CLASS SWITCHGEAR (WITH POWER CIRCUIT BREAKERS OR

FUSED SWITCHES) – NOTE 4

Perform infrared thermography and other non-contact inspections outside

the restricted approach boundary

2

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

CB or fused switch operation with enclosure doors closed 0 ● ● ● ● Reading a panel meter while operating a meter switch 0 ● ● ● ● CB or fused switch operation with enclosure doors open 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts, including voltage

testing

2*

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●


120 V or below, exposed

0

●

●

●

●

●

●


>120 V, exposed

2*

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Insertion or removal (racking) of CB’s from cubicles, doors open or closed 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Application of safety grounds, after voltage test 2* ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Removal of bolted covers (to expose bare, energized conductors and circuit

parts)

4

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Opening hinged covers (to expose bare, energized conductors and circuit 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● OTHER 600 V CLASS (277 V THROUGH 600 V, NOMINAL) EQUIPMENT –

NOTE 2 (EXCEPT AS INDICATED)

Lighting or small power transformers (600V maximum) Removal of bolted covers (to expose bare, energized parts) 2* ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Opening hinged covers (to expose bare, energized parts) 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts, including all voltage

testing

2*

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Application of safety grounds, after voltage test 2* ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Revenue meters (kW-hour, at primary voltage and current) Insertion or 2* ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Cable trough or tray cover removal or installation 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● Miscellaneous equipment cover removal or installation 1 ● ● ● ● ● ● Work on energized electrical conductor and circuit parts, including all voltage

testing

2*

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Application of safety grounds, after voltage test 2* ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Insertion or removal of plug-in devices into or from busways 2* ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

NEMA E2 (FUSED CONTACTOR) MOTOR STARTERS, 2.3KV THROUGH 7.2 Perform infrared thermography and other non-contact, inspections outside

the restricted approach boundary

3

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Contactor operation with enclosure doors closed 0 ● ● ● ● Reading a panel meter while operating a meter switch 0 ● ● ● ● Contactor operation with enclosure doors open 2* ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts, including voltage

Testing

4

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●


54

S T N A P D A T E K C A

N

PP

E C

ATE

GO

RY

V-R

ATE

D G

LOV

ES

V-R

ATE

D T

OO

LS

NA

TUR

AL

FIB

ER C

LOTH

ING

LON

G S

LEEV

E SH

IRT

11

/12

CA

L/CM

2 H

OO

DED

J

DEN

IM J

EAN

S

HA

RD

HA

T

SAFE

TY G

LASS

ES

HEA

RIN

G P

RO

TEC

TIO

N

8 C

AL/

CM

2 FA

CE S

HIE

LD

45

/51

CA

L/CM

2 FL

ASH

SU

IT

ENER

GIZ

ED W

OR

K P

ERM

IT 1

2.1

QU

ALI

FIED

STA

ND

BY

PER

SON


TASK (ASSUMES EQUIPMENT IS ENERGIZED, AND WORK, IS DONE

WITHIN THE FLASH PROTECTION BOUNDARY)

NEMA E2 (FUSED CONTACTOR) MOTOR STARTERS, 2.3KV THROUGH 7.2 KV

(CONTINUED)


120V or below, exposed


>120V, exposed

0 ● ● ● ● ● ●

3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Insertion or removal (racking) of starters from cubicles, doors open or closed 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Application of safety grounds, after voltage test 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Removal of bolted covers (to expose bare, energized electrical conductors and

circuit parts)

Opening hinged covers (to expose bare, energized electrical conductor and

circuit parts)

Insertion or removal (racking) of starter from cubicles of arc-resistant

construction, tested in accordance with IEEE C37.20.7, door closed only

METAL CLAD SWITCHGEAR, 1 KV THROUGH 38 KV

Perform infrared thermography and other non-contact inspections outside the

restricted approach boundary

4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

0 ● ● ● ●

3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

CB operation with enclosure doors closed 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Reading a panel meter while operating a meter switch 0 ● ● ● ●

CB operation with enclosure doors open 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Work on energized electrical conductor and circuit parts, including all testing 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●




>120V, exposed

2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Insertion or removal (racking) of CBs from cubicles, doors open or closed 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Application of safety grounds, after voltage test 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●


circuit parts)

Opening hinged covers (to expose bare, energized electrical conductors and

circuit parts)

4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Opening voltage transformer or control power transformer compartments 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

ARC-RESISTANT SWITCHGEAR TYPE 1 OR 2 (FOR CLEARING TIMES OF <0.5 SEC WITH

A PERSPECTIVE FAULT CURRENT NOT TO EXCEED THE ARC RESISTANT RATING OF

THE EQUIPMENT)

CB operation with enclosure door closed 0 ● ● ● ●

Insertion or removal (racking) of CBs from cubicles, doors closed 0 ● ● ● ●

Insertion or removal (racking) of CBs from cubicles, doors open 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●


55


TASK (ASSUMES EQUIPMENT IS ENERGIZED, AND WORK, IS

DONE WITHIN THE FLASH PROTECTION BOUNDARY)

PP

E C

ATE

GO

RY

V-R

ATE

D G

LOV

ES

V-R

ATE

D T

OO

LS

NA

TUR

AL

FIB

ER C

LOTH

ING

LON

G S

LEEV

E SH

IRT

11

/12

CA

L/CM

2 H

OO

DED

JAC

KET

AN

D P

AN

TS

DEN

IM J

EAN

S

HA

RD

HA

T

SAFE

TY G

LASS

ES

HEA

RIN

G P

RO

TEC

TIO

N

8 C

AL/

CM

2 FA

CE S

HIE

LD

45

/51

CA

L/CM

2 FL

ASH

SU

IT

ENER

GIZ

ED W

OR

K P

ERM

IT 1

2.1

Q

UA

LIFI

ED S

TAN

DB

Y P

ERSO

N

ARC-RESISTANT SWITCHGEAR TYPE 1 OR 2 (FOR CLEARING TIMES OF <0.5 SEC

WITH A PERSPECTIVE FAULT CURRENT NOT TO EXCEED THE ARC RESISTANT

RATING OF THE EQUIPMENT) (CONTINUED)



2

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Insertion or removal (racking) of ground and test device with door closed 0 ● ● ● ● Insertion or removal (racking) of voltage transformers on or off the bus with

door closed

0

●

●

●

●

OTHER EQUIPMENT 1 KV THROUGH 38 KV

Metal-enclosed interrupter switches, fused or un-fused

Switch operation of arc-resistant-type construction, tested in accordance with

IEEE C37.20.7, doors closed only

0

●

●

●

●

Switch operation, doors closed 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Work on energized electrical conductors and circuit parts, including all testing 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●


circuit parts)

4

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Opening hinged covers (to expose bare, energized electrical conductors and

circuit parts)

3

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Outdoor disconnect switch operation (hook stick operated) 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Outdoor disconnect switch operation (gang-operated, from grade) 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Insulated cable examination, in manhole or other confined space 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Insulated cable examination, in open area 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

General Notes (applicable to the entire table):

(a) Rubber insulating gloves are gloves rated for the maximum line-to-line voltage upon which work will be done.

(b) Insulated and insulating hand tools are tools rated and tested for the maximum line-to-line voltage upon which work will be done, and are manufactured and

tested in accordance with ASTM F 1505, Standard Specification for Insulated and Insulating Hand Tools.

(c) Y=yes (required), N=no (not required)

(d) For systems rated less than 1000 volts, the fault currents and upstream protective device clearing times are based on an 18 in. working distance. (e)

For systems rated 1 kV and greater, the Hazard/Risk Categories are based on 36 in. working distance.

(f) For equipment protected by upstream current limiting fuses with arcing fault current in their current limiting range (1/2 cycle fault clearing time or less), the

hazard/risk category required may be reduced by one number.

Specific Notes (as referenced in the table):

1. Maximum of 25 kA short circuit current available; maximum of 0.03 sec (2 cycles) fault clearing time.



4. Maximum of 35 kA short circuit current available; maximum of up to 0.5 sec (30 cycles) fault clearing time.


56

15. PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

PPE CATEGORY PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND PPE

PPE CATEGORY 1

FR Clothing, Minimum Arc Rating of 4 (Note 1)

FR Protective Equipment

Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt (Note 3) Arc-rated pants (Note 3) Arc-rated coverall (Note 4) Arc-rated face shield or arc flash suit hood (Note 7) Arc-rated jacket, parka or rainwear (AN)

Hard hat Safety glasses or safety goggles (SR) Hearing protection (ear canal inserts) Leather gloves (Note 2) Leather work shoes (AN)

PPE CATEGORY 2*



Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt (Note 5) Arc-rated pants (Note 5) Arc-rated coverall (Note 6) Arc-rated arc flash suit hood (Note 10) Arc-rated jacket, parka or rainwear (AN)

Hard hat Safety glasses or safety goggles (SR) Hearing protection (ear canal inserts) Leather gloves (Note 2) Leather work shoes


57

PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

PPE CATEGORY 3



Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt (AR)(Note 8) Arc-rated pants (AR)(Note 8) Arc-rated coverall (AR)(Note 8) Arc-rated flash suit jacket (AR)(Note 8) Arc-rated flash suit pants (AR)(Note 8) Arc-rated arc flash suit hood (Note 8) Arc-rated jacket, parka or rainwear (AN)

Hard hat w/FR hard hat liner (AR) Safety glasses or safety goggles (SR) Hearing protection (ear canal inserts) Leather gloves (Note 2) Leather work shoes

PPE CATEGORY 4



Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt (AR)(Note 9) Arc-rated pants (AR)(Note 9) Arc-rated coverall (AR)(Note 9) Arc-rated flash suit jacket (AR)(Note 9) Arc-rated flash suit pants (AR)(Note 9) Arc-rated arc flash suit hood (Note 9) Arc-rated jacket, parka or rainwear (AN)

Hard hat w/FR hard hat liner (AR) Safety glasses or safety goggles (SR) Hearing protection (ear canal inserts) Leather gloves (Note 2) Leather work shoes

AN=As Needed (optional) AR=As Required SR=Selection Required

Notes: 1. See Table 130.7(C)(11). Arc rating for a garment or system of garments is expresses in cal/cm2. 2. If rubber insulating gloves with leather protectors are required by Table 130.7(C)(15)(a) and Table 130.7(C)(15) (b) additional leather or arc-rated gloves are not required. The combination of rubber insulating gloves with leather protectors satisfies the arc-flash protection requirement. 3. The FR shirt and pants used for PPE Category 1 shall have a minimum arc rating of 4. 4. Alternate is to use FR coveralls (minimum arc rating of 4) instead of FR shirt and FR pants. 5. FR shirt and FR pants used for PPE Category 2 shall have a minimum arc rating of 8. 6. Alternate is to use FR coveralls (minimum arc rating of 8) instead of FR shirt and FR pants. 7. A face shield with a minimum arc rating of 4 for PPE Category 1 or minimum arc rating of 8 for PPE Category 2, with wrap-around guarding to protect not only the face, but also the forehead, ears, and neck (or, alternatively, and arc-rated arc flash suit hood), is required. 8. An alternate is to use a total FR clothing system and hood, which shall have a minimum arc rating of 25 for PPE Category 3. 9. The total clothing system consisting of FR shirt and pants and/or FR coveralls and/or arc flash coat and pants and hood shall have a minimum arc rating of 40 for PPE Category 4. 10. Alternate is to use a face shield with a minimum arc rating of 8 and a balaclava (sock hood) with a minimum arc rating of 8 which covers the face, head and neck except for the eye and nose areas.


58

E. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

When an employee is working with the restricted approach boundary, the employee shall wear PPE in accordance to Table 130.4. When an employee is working within the arc flash boundary, he or she shall wear protective clothing and other PPE in accordance with Table 130.5. All parts of the body inside the arc flash boundary shall be protected.

1. Movement and Visibility - When arc related clothing is worn to protect an employee, it shall cover all ignitable clothing and shall allow for movement and visibility.

2. Head, Face, Neck, and Chin (Head Area) Protection - Employees shall wear

nonconductive head protection wherever these is a danger of a head injury from electric shock or burns due to contact with energized electrical conductors or circuit parts or from flying objects resulting from electrical explosion. Employees shall wear nonconductive protective equipment for the face, neck, and chin whenever there is a danger of injury from exposure to electric arcs or flashes or from flying objects resulting from electrical explosion. If employees use hairnets or beard nets, or both, these items must be arc rated.

3. Eye Protection - Employees shall wear protective equipment for the eyes whenever

there is danger of injury from electrical arcs, flashes, or from flying objects resulting from electrical explosion.

4. Hearing Protection - Employees shall wear hearing protection whenever working

within the arc flash boundary.

5. Body Protection - Employees shall wear arc-rated clothing wherever there is possible

exposure to an electric arc flash above the threshold incident energy level for a second degree burn.

6. Hand and Arm Protection - Head and arm protection shall be provided in accordance

with Table 130.7 (C) (7) (a), (b), and (c)

7. Foot Protection - Where insulated footwear is used as protection against step and

touch potential, dielectric footwear shall be required. Insulated soles shall not be used as primary electrical protection.

F. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) INSPECTION

1. Rubber Insulated Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) - Gloves shall be inspected

prior to use and be retested every six (6) months. Blankets and mats shall be inspected prior to use and be retested every twelve (12) months. Sleeves shall be inspected prior to use and be retested every twelve (12) months.

2. FR Clothing - Clothing shall be inspected prior to use for holes and tears. If such

are found, the clothing must be taken out of service until such time it can be repaired or replaced. Clothing is to be kept free from contaminants.

3. Insulated Tools - shall receive a visual inspection for compromised insulation prior

to use. If the insulation is found to be compromised, the tool must be tagged and taken out of service.

4. Safety Kit - The Warehouse Manager is responsible for inspecting each Energized

Work Safety Kit each time it is returned and replace/repair any items prior to reissuing.


59

G. TRAINING

1. Employees who face a risk of electric shock but who are not qualified persons shall be trained & familiar with electrically related safety practices.

2. Employees shall be trained in safety related work practices that pertain to their

respective job assignments.

3. Employees shall be trained in clearance distances.

4. Employees exposed to shock hazards shall be trained in methods of release of victims from contact with exposed energized electrical conductors or circuit parts.

5. Employees shall be regularly instructed in methods of first aid and emergency

procedures, such as approved methods of resuscitation, if their duties warrant such training. Training of employees shall include approved methods of resuscitation, including cardiopulmonary resuscitation and use of automated external defibrillator (AED).

6. Retraining in safety-related work practices and applicable changes to NFPA 70

Standard shall be performed at intervals not to exceed three years. An employee shall receive additional training (or retraining) if an of the following conditions exits:

a. The supervision or annual inspections indicate that the employee is not

complying with the safety-related work practices. b. New technology, new types of equipment, or changes in procedures

necessitate the use of safety-related work practices that are different from those that the employee would normally use.

c. The employee must employ safety-related work practices that are not normally used during his or her regular job duties.

7. Training Records






b. The records of training will be maintained for a minimum of (3) years from the date of training at the corporate office.


60

EXCAVATION & TRENCHING PROGRAM SECTION 11

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to identify and control any work activity that may expose employees or subcontractors to cave-ins from material that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, from collapse of adjacent structures, or from atmospheres Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH). It should be noted that excavations include trenches.

SCOPE

All excavations and trenches will be assessed by a competent person to insure that employees and sub-contractors will not be exposed to danger that results from excavation or trench cave-in or other physical hazards associated with these activities.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Benching – (Benching System) a method of protecting employees from cave-ins by

excavating the side of the excavation to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near-vertical surfaces between levels.

2. Competent Person – One who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards

in the surroundings, or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

3. Excavation – Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface

formed by earth removal.

4. Hazardous Atmosphere – An atmosphere which by reason of being explosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen deficient, toxic, or otherwise harmful, may cause death, illness, or injury.

5. Protective System – A method of protecting employees from cave-ins, from material

that could fall or roll from an excavation face or into an excavation, or from the collapse of adjacent structures. Protective systems include support systems, sloping and benching systems, shield systems, and other systems that provide the necessary protection.

6. Shield – (Shield System) a structure that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by

a cave-in and thereby protect employees within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work progresses.

7. Shoring – (Shoring System) a structure such as metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber

shoring system that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins.

8. Sloping – (Sloping System) a method of protecting employees from cave-ins by

excavating to form sides of an excavation that are inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave-ins. The angle of incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with differences in such factors as the soil type, environmental conditions of exposure, and application of surcharge loads.

9. Support System – A structure such as underpinning, bracing, or shoring, which

provides support to an adjacent structure, underground installation, or the sides of an excavation.


61

B. PROCEDURES

1. All surface encumbrances that are located as to create a hazard to employees shall be removed or supported, as necessary, to safeguard employees.

2. All federal, state, and local regulations shall be complied with and special attention

and compliance given to 29 CFR 1926.650, 651, and 652.

3. Underground utility installations, such as electrical lines, fuel lines, communication lines, water lines, sewer lines, or any other underground installations that reasonably may be expected to be encountered during excavation work shall be determined prior to opening an excavation or trench. When excavations approach the estimated location of the underground installations, the exact location shall be determined by safe and acceptable means.

4. Contact one-call services when available. One-call services are available that will

notify utilities that are in the area of our intention to excavate. Upon contact with this service, you will be provided a confirmation number that shall be documented, along with the time, date, and the name of the contact person. It is important that you ask the one-call service if there are any utilities in the area that they do not represent. If there are utilities not represented by the one-call service, those utilities shall also be contacted. Request for locates must be made 3 working days in advance and may be made by calling:

MISSOURI at 1-800-DIG-RITE (1-800-344-7483) or 811

KANSAS at 1-800-DIG-SAFE (1-800-344-7233) or 811

The utilities will use the following color-coding to mark the location of underground lines:

Red – Electrical Lines

Yellow – Gas, Oil, Petroleum or Steam Lines

Blue – Water Lines

Green – Sewer or Drain Lines

5. While the excavation is open, underground installations shall be protected, supported, or removed as necessary to protect employees.

6. Structural ramps that are used solely by employees, as a means of access or egress

from an excavation shall be designed by a competent person qualified in structural design and shall be constructed as designed.

7. The sides of excavations or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth, or less than five

(5) feet in unstable soil shall be shored, braced, sloped, or otherwise supported by means of sufficient strength to protect the employees within them.


62

8. The design of sloping and benching systems less than twenty (20) feet deep when used as methods of protecting employees working in excavations from cave-ins shall conform to Table B-1. Sloping and benching greater than twenty (20)feet deep shall be designed by a registered professional engineer.

Table B-1 Maximum Allowable Slopes

Maximum Allowable Slopes (H: V) for Soil or Rock Type Excavations Less than 20 Feet Deep

Stable rock Vertical (90°) Type A (1.5 tsf or greater*) 3/4:1 (53°) Type B (.5 to 1.5 tsf or greater*) 1:1 (45°) Type C (.5 tsf or less*) 1 1/2:1 (34°) *Compressive Strength Notes:

1. Numbers shown in parentheses next to maximum allowable slopes are angles expressed in degrees from the horizontal. Angles have been rounded off.

2. A short-term maximum allowable slope of 1/2H:1V (63°) is allowable in excavations in Type A soil that are 12 feet (3.87m) or less in depth. Short- term maximum allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet (3.67m) in depth shall be 3/4H:1V (53°).

3. Sloping or benching for excavations greater than 20 feet deep shall be designed by a registered professional engineer.

9. Employees shall be protected from excavated or other materials or equipment that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling into excavation. Protection shall be provided by placing and keeping such materials or equipment at least two (2) feet from the edge of the excavation, or a retaining device(s) must be provided.

10. A stairway, ladder, or other safe means of egress shall be located in an excavation

or trench that is four (4) feet or more in depth so as to require no more than twenty- five (25) feet of lateral travel for employees. When a ladder is utilized it must be secured and extended three (3) feet above the edge of the excavation or trench.

11. Employees exposed to public vehicular traffic shall be provided with, and shall wear,

warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of reflectorized or high-visibility material.

12. No employees shall be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging

equipment. Employees shall be required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to avoid being struck by any spillage or falling materials.

13. When mobile equipment is operating adjacent to an excavation, or when such

equipment is required to approach the edge of an excavation, and the operator does not have a clear and direct view of the edge of the excavation, a warning system shall be utilized such as barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs. If possible, the grade should be away from the excavation.


63

14. All contractors and subcontractors shall prevent exposure of employees to harmful levels of atmospheric contaminants and assure acceptable atmospheric conditions.

15. Where oxygen deficiency or a hazardous atmosphere exists or could reasonably be

expected to exist, the atmospheres in the excavation shall be tested before employees enter excavations greater than four (4) feet in depth.

16. Adequate prevention shall be taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres

containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen and other hazardous atmospheres. These precautions include providing proper respiratory protection or ventilation.

17. Adequate precautions shall be taken such as providing ventilation, to prevent

employee exposure to an atmosphere containing a concentration of a flammable gas in excess of ten (10) percent of the Lower Flammable Limit (LFL).

18. When controls are used that are intended to reduce the level of atmospheric

contaminants to acceptable levels, testing shall be conducted as often as necessary to ensure that the atmosphere remains safe.

19. Emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and

line, or a basket stretcher shall be readily available where hazardous atmospheres exist or may reasonably be expected to develop during work in an excavation. This equipment shall be attended when in use.

20. Employees entering bell-bottom pier or other similar deep and confined footing

excavations, shall wear a harness with a lifeline securely attached to it. The lifeline shall be separate from any line used to handle materials and shall be individually attended at all times while the employee wearing the lifeline is in the excavation.

21. Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or in

excavations, in which water is accumulating, unless adequate precautions have been taken to protect employees against all hazards posed by water accumulation. Special precautions necessary to protect employees adequately vary with each situation, but could include special support or shield systems to protect from cave- ins, water removal to control the level of accumulating water, or use of safety harness or lifeline.

22. Where the stability of adjoining buildings, walls, or other structures is endangered by

excavation operations, support systems such as shoring, bracing or underpinning shall be provided to ensure the stability of such structures for the protection of employees.

23. Excavation below the level of the base or footing of any foundation, retaining wall,

sidewalk, pavement, or appurtenant structure shall not be allowed unless proper safeguards are taken to protect employees from danger.

24. Each employee in an excavation shall be protected from cave-ins by an adequate

protective system designed in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.652 including appendices A,B,C,D,E, and F to subpart P.

25. On a daily basis a “Excavation Checklist Appendix - 1A” should be completed by

a competent person to document inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas, and all protective systems for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave- ins, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions. Inspections shall be conducted prior to the start of work and


64

as needed throughout the shift. Inspections shall also be made after every rainstorm or other hazard-increasing occurrence. When evidence of any hazardous conditions is discovered by the competent person, exposed employees shall be removed from the hazardous area until the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their safety.

26. Where employees are required or permitted to cross over excavations, walkways or

bridges with standard guardrails shall be provided.

27. Adequate barrier physical protection shall be provided at all open excavations. All wells, pits, shafts, and other like excavations shall be barricaded or covered.

C. TRAINING

1. The company will provide training to each exposed employee on excavation and trenching safety and the requirements necessary safety perform their job duties.

2. Training Records








65

HAZARDOUS ENERGY CONTROL PROGRAM SECTION 12

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. that all employees and subcontractors will perform their work in accordance with LOCK OUT/TAG OUT PROCEDURE that addresses the servicing and maintenance of machines and equipment during which unexpected startup or energization may result.

SCOPE

All work activities; including but not limited to, service, maintenance, demolition, construction; that requires an employee to remove/bypass a guard or other safety engineered control. Included are any activities that require an employee to place any part of his or her body into an area or machine or a piece of equipment where work is actually performed upon process material (point of operation) or where an associated danger zone exists during machinery or equipment operating cycles.

PURPOSE

This program is to prevent injury and accidents that result from the unexpected release of energy. As such, all requirements established the minimum acceptable level of performance.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Authorized Person – An employee of implements a Lock Out and/or Tag Out procedure on machinery or equipment in order to perform work on that machinery or equipment.

2. Affected Employee – An employee whose job activities require him/her to operate,

use or be in the area of machinery or equipment that is being serviced or maintained subject to the control provisions of the company’s LOCK OUT/TAG OUT Program.

3. Energy Isolation Device – A mechanical device that physically prevents the transfer

or release of energy. It includes, but is not limited to: manually operated circuit breakers, fusible disconnect switches, plug and receptacles, normally operated switches (where circuit conductor can be disconnected from all ungrounded supply conductors and no pole can be operated independently), and process line blinds.

4. Energy Source – Electrical, hydraulic, mechanical, pneumatic, chemical, thermal, or

other energy; both active and stored.

5. Function Checks – The act of ensuring equipment and/or machinery is at a Zero Energy State after LOCK OUT/TAG OUT is completed. A minimum electrical function check is accomplished by using a meter rated for the equipment being worked on and by operating all controls in every mode.

6. Lock Out – Placement of LOCK OUT device on an Energy Isolating Device in accordance with established procedures, ensuring that the Energy Isolation Device and the machinery/equipment being controlled cannot be operated until the LOCK OUT Device is removed.

7. Lock Out Device – A device the employs a positive method of securing an Energy Isolation Device in a safe position to prevent the energization of machinery or equipment. This generally refers to a lock or multiple locking hasp and lock.

8. Multiple Locking Hasp – A manufactured device designed to accommodate a

number of locks (usually six) to allow more than one person, craft, etc., to secure an Energy Isolation Device.


66

9. Function Checks – The act of ensuring equipment and/or machinery is at Zero Energy State after LOCK OUT/TAG OUT is completed. A minimum electrical function check is accomplished by using a meter rated for the equipment being worked on and by operating all control in every mode.

10.

Tag – A prominent warning device incorporating the warning message “DANGER – DO NOT OPERATE” and accommodations attachment that will withstand 50 pounds of pull stress, to an Energy Isolation Device.

B.

LOC

K OUT PROCEDURES

1.

The PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employee in charge will obtain clearance from the owner or other responsible party to determine de-energization effects and timing.

2.

Prior to an authorized or affected employee turns off a machine or equipment, the authorized employee shall have knowledge of the type and magnitude of the energy, the hazards of the energy to be controlled, and the method or means to control the energy.

3.

The machine or equipment shall be turned off or shut down using the procedures established for the machine or equipment. An orderly shutdown must be utilized to avoid any additional or increased hazard(s) to employees as a result of the equipment stoppage.

4.

The PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employee in charge , along with the employee who will be performing the work, will identify and be in agreement that the correct control point and method has been established (circuit breaker, disconnect).

5.

The person performing the work will de-energize and place their lock(s), lockout device(s), and identification tag(s) at the agreed upon points. The tag(s) will be legible and each block of information will be completed.

6.

After lock out is complete, verify that equipment is at zero energy state with all power isolated. This is accomplished by performing voltage meter checks and by operating control mechanisms such as circuits, switches, in all modes. If there is any question about secondary or temporary power(s) to the equipment, it should be resolved at this time.

7.

If more than one employee is working on the de-energized equipment or system, each employee must attach their individual lock and completed information tag at the lock out control point.

8.

Once the equipment is locked out, appropriately tagged and verified to be a zero energy state, the key for the lock(s) are to be delivered to the project foreman or supervisor for control and tracking.

9.

When work is completed, the employee with the project foreman will verify that equipment/system startup poses no danger to personnel or equipment. Once this check is complete and all parties who might be affected have been informed of planned start-up, then the employee who performed the work, along with the project supervisor will remove the lock and/or lockout device and tag. This will allow the equipment/system to be re-energized.

10.

Conductors and parts of electrical equipment that have been de-energized but not been locked or tagged out shall be treated as live parts.


67

C. TAG OUT PROCEDURES

The TAG OUT Procedures follows the same steps and has the same requirement for insuring de-energization as the LOCK OUT Procedures. However, because Tag Out does not provide the same level of security that is present with Lock Out the conditions listed below must be met:

1. Tag Out shall only be implemented when there is no physical engineered

accommodation for lock out and the employee(s) performing the work can maintain continuous line of sight monitoring of the tag location(s).

2. Tag Out requires the use of completed “DANGER – DO NOT OPERATE” tag(s).

D. VERIFICATION OF ISOLATION

1. Following the application of lockout or tagout devices to energy isolating devices, all potentially hazardous stored or residual energy shall be relieved, disconnected, restrained and otherwise rendered safe.

2. If there is a possibility of re-accumulation of stored energy level, verification of isolation

shall be continued until the servicing or maintenance is completed, or until the possibility of such accumulation no longer exists.

E. EMERGENCY LOCKOUT/TAGOUT REMOVAL PROCEDURES

All locks, points of attachments, equipment/systems identification and employees performing work information will be logged into the Project Lock Out/Tag Out Control Log kept at the project coordination center. If an individual is not available at site or cannot be contacted away from the site and it becomes necessary to remove or otherwise alter the lock out/tag out that the employee installed, the PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employee in charge may authorize the re-energize by implementing the following steps:

1. The PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employee in charge at the jobsite will confirm contact with the

employee performing the work cannot be established.

2. The PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employee in charge at the jobsite will, with the benefit of all knowledgeable personnel available, determine the status of the work.

3. If all personnel who might be affected by startup of the equipment are in agreement

that the work is complete and that no hazard to personnel and/or equipment is presented by equipment/system start up, then the project foreman can remove equipment/system locks, locking devices, and tags.

4. Upon removal of lock out/tag out controls and re-energization, a “bump” test should

be performed to further ensure safe operation.

5. The PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employee in charge at the jobsite enter the “new” Lock Out status on the “Lock Out/Tag Out Log – Appendix 12A” and verbally report the changed status to the unavailable employee who initiated the Lock Out immediately upon that employees’ return to the jobsite.


68

F. PERIODIC INSPECTION

1. Hazardous Energy Control Procedures shall be periodically inspected at least annually by the Safety Director or designated personnel other than the one(s) utilizing the procedures to ensure program requirements are being followed.

2. The periodic inspection shall be conducted to correct any deviations or inadequacies

identified.

3. Where lockout is used for energy control, the periodic inspection shall include a review, between the inspector and each authorized employee, of that employee's responsibilities Hazardous Energy Control Procedures under the being inspected.

G. TRAINING

1. Each authorized employee shall receive training in the recognition of applicable hazardous energy sources, the type and magnitude of the energy available in the workplace, the methods and means necessary for energy isolation/control and instructed in the purpose and use of the energy control procedure.

2. An employee will be retrained when there is a change in job assignments, in

machines, a change in the energy control procedures, or a new hazard is introduced.

3. Training Records








69

HAND & POWER TOOL PROGRAM SECTION 13

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. that all tools, hand and power, are to be maintained in a safe working condition. Tools that are damaged, altered from engineered design, job made, or otherwise made unsuitable for their intended purpose are not to be used. Use practices will also confirm to the manufacturers’ recommended guidelines and comply with requirements specified by OSHA.

SCOPE

All tools, hand and power, that are furnished by the company, the employee, or subcontractor at the jobsite.

A. PROCEDURES

1. Do not use any hand or power tool until you have been properly instructed to do so.

2. Inspect all hand and power tools thoroughly before each use. If a tool needs to be serviced, tag the tool and take it immediately out of service.

3. Defective hand tools should be reported to our immediate supervisor. Common defects include: burred, battered, mushroomed, splintered, spilt, broken, loose handles, worn teeth on wrenches, etc.

4. Hand and power tools should be kept in good condition and used only for the job intended. Do not force tools beyond their limitation; or use "cheaters" to increase their capacity.

5. Saws, grinders and other power tools that require guards must have the guards in place at all times. Removing or rendering of these guards inoperative is strictly prohibited.

6. Flying debris is a normal occurrence when using powered tools. Recognize this fact and be aware; warn people around you and use proper personal protection.

7. Always make certain that all electrical powered tools are grounded and/or double insulated. Do not forget to inspect the cord, when completing initial tool inspection to assure all are free from defects.

8. Be familiar with the tool you are using. If the tool has moveable parts, take a second to think about that. Moveable parts may jam up. Be sure you have good body position. Look at your clothing; loose clothes may get wrapped up in these moveable parts as well.

9. Disconnect tool from the power source before changing drills, blades, grinding disks, etc. Never leave a running tool unattended.

10. Power operated tools shall only be repaired by "Authorized Personnel."

11. Damaged or defective tools shall not be used and should immediately be taken out

of service and tagged “Defective – Do not use.”

12. Only employees who possess a valid license to prove that they have been trained in the use of power actuated tools are permitted to operate them.


70

CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM SECTION 14 POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. that no company or contract employee be allowed to enter a confined space until all criteria of the confined space program has been reviewed with them and the requirements of the permit required confined space procedures have been met.

SCOPE

This program applies to all personnel, including non-company, who work in or around a confined space and who might be exposed or create exposures to the confined space.

PURPOSE

To establish a procedure for identifying and classifying a confined space, evaluating potential hazards associated with these spaces and to develop hazard control and entry procedures.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Acceptable Entry Conditions – The conditions that must exist in a permit space,

before an employee may enter that space, to ensure that employees can safely enter into, and safely work within, the space.

2. Attendant – A designated individual stationed outside one or more permit spaces

who assesses the status of authorized entrants to monitor a confined space and provide support or react as required. The attendant shall be trained to perform the following duties: Observe all activities of each entrant for the duration of the procedure; Maintain continuous contact with each entrant; Restrict entry to authorized personnel; Communicate with or notify emergency responders if necessary.

3. Authorized Entrant – Is an employee who is authorized by the entry supervisor to

enter a permit space.

4. Barrier – Is a physical obstruction that blocks or limits access.

5. Confined Space – Is any space having limited means of egress, which is subject to the accumulation of toxic or flammable contaminants or has an oxygen deficient atmosphere. Confined spaces include but are not limited to: storage tanks, process vessels, bins, boilers, ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewers, underground utility vaults, tunnels, pipelines, and open top spaces more than four (4) feet in depth such as pits, tubs, vaults and vessels.

6. Controlling Contractor – The employer that has overall responsibility for

construction at the worksite.

Note. If the controlling contractor owns or manages the property, then it is both a controlling employer and a host employer.

7. Engulfment – The surrounding and effective capture of a person by a liquid or finely

divided (flowable) solid substance that can be aspirated to cause death by filling or plugging the respiratory system or that can exert enough force on the body to cause death by strangulation, constriction, crushing, or suffocation.


71

8. Entry – Is the action by which any part of a person passes through an opening into a permit-required confined space. Entry includes ensuing work activities in that space and is considered to have occurred as soon as any part of the entrant’s body breaks the plane of an opening into the space, whether or not such action is intentional or any work activities are actually performed in the space.

9. Entry Employer – Is any employer who decides that an employee it directs will enter

a permit space

Note. An employer cannot avoid the duties of the standard merely by refusing to decide whether its employees will enter a permit space, and OSHA will consider the failure to so decide to be an implicit decision to allow employees to enter those spaces if they are working in the proximity of the space.

10. Entry Supervisor – Is the qualified person (such as the employer, foreman, or crew

chief) responsible for determining if acceptable entry conditions are present at a permit space where entry is planned, for authorizing entry and overseeing entry operations, and for terminating entry as required.

Note. An entry supervisor also may serve as an attendant or as an authorized entrant, as long as that person is trained and equipped as required by this standard for each role he or she fills. Also, the duties of entry supervisor may be passed from one individual to another during the course of an entry operation.

11. Hazardous Atmosphere – An atmosphere that may expose employees to the risk of

death, incapacitation, impairment of ability to self-rescue (that is, escape unaided from a permit space), injury, or acute illness from one or more of the following:

a. Flammable gas, vapor or mist in excess of 10% of the lower flammability limit

(LFL). b. Airborne combustible dust at a concentration that meets or exceeds its LFL. c. Atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5% or above 23.5%. d. Atmospheric concentration of any substance for which a dose or permissible

exposure of a toxic substance is greater than the permissible exposure limit established by OSHA.

e. Any other atmospheric condition that is immediately dangerous to life and health.

12. Hazard Evaluation – A process to assess the severity of a known, real or potential

hazard at or in the confined space.

13. Host Employer – Means the employer that owns or manages the property where the construction work is taking place.

Note. If the owner of the property on which the construction activity occurs has contracted with an entity for the general management of that property, and has transferred to that entity the information specified in 29 CFR 1203(h)(1), OSHA will treat the contracted management entity as the host employer for as long as that entity manages the property. Otherwise, OSHA will treat the owner of the property as the host employer. In no case will there be more than one host employer.

14. Hot Work – Work within a confined space that causes arcs, sparks, flame, heat or

other sources of ignition. This work will require completion of a “Hot Work Permit Appendix 19A.”


72

15. Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) – Is any condition that would Interfere with an individual’s ability to escape unaided from a permit space and that poses a threat to life or that would cause irreversible adverse health effects.

Note. Some materials—hydrogen fluoride gas and cadmium vapor, for example—may produce immediate transient effects that, even if severe, may pass without medical attention, but are followed by sudden, possibly fatal collapse 12-72 hours after exposure. The victim "feels normal" after recovery from transient effects until collapse. Such materials in hazardous quantities are considered to be “immediately” dangerous to life or health.

16. Non-Permit Confined Space – A space in which, by definition, is a confined space

but after evaluation, does not contain nor has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere.

17. Oxygen deficient atmosphere – Is an atmosphere containing less than 19.5 percent

oxygen by volume.

18. Oxygen Enriched Atmosphere – Is an atmosphere containing more than 23.5 percent oxygen by volume.

19. Permit Required Confined Space (Permit Space) – Is a confined space that has

one or more of the following characteristics:

a. Contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere; b. Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant; c. Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or

asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross-section;

d. Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard.

20. Prohibited Condition – Any condition in a permit space that is not allowed by the permit during the period when entry is authorized. A hazardous atmosphere is a prohibited condition unless the employer can demonstrate that personal protective equipment (PPE) will provide effective protection for each employee in the permit space and provides the appropriate PPE to each employee.

21. Testing – The process by which the hazards present in a confined space are

identified and evaluated B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. There shall be a minimum of three (3) participants for a confined space entry. The

participants and expected job duties are listed below.

a. Authorized Entrant – This is the person identified as making entry into the confined space.

i. This person shall be properly trained as required by the OSHA

standard for confine space entry. ii. Prior to the entrant making entry into the space must be verified with

the attendant and the entry supervisor that the confined space has been air monitored and is deemed safe for entry via a multiple gas detector.


73

iii. Should the confined space contain a hazardous atmosphere, the entrant will not make entry until the hazardous atmosphere has been deemed safe for entry.

iv. The entrant, under no circumstances shall disregard direct orders of the attendant.

b. Attendant – An attendant must be stationed and remain outside the permit-

required space(s) at all times during entry operations, and have knowledge of site specific issues such as the following:

i. Knowing specific space hazards; ii. Is aware of possible effects of hazard exposure;

iii. Maintains an accurate count of entrants; iv. Remains outside the permit space during entry;

v. Communicates with authorized entrants; vi. Monitors activities inside and outside the space;

vii. Summon rescue and other emergency services; viii. Performs non-entry rescues and no other duties.

c. Entry Supervisor – Must be present at all times when entry into the space is

allowed and be able to evaluate and properly abate any hazards before allowing work to continue and have knowledge of site specific issues such as the following:

i. Knowing specific space hazards; ii. Verifies that all tests specified by the permit have been conducted and

that all procedures and equipment specified by the permit are in place before endorsing the permit and allowing entry to begin;

iii. Terminates the entry and cancels the permit if hazardous conditions arise;

iv. Verifies that rescue services are available;

v. Removes unauthorized individuals.

2. A single attendant is not authorized to monitor more than one entrance into a confined space. In the event that multiple entrances exist into a confined space, an attendant shall be assigned at each entrance and log all entrants into the confined space.

3. Communications between authorized entrants and attendant must be maintained at

all times when working in a confine space. This communication may be verbal if the entrant and attendant can maintain eye contact. Should the entrant move beyond the distance of voice contact, two-way radio communication must be utilized.

4. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C as a business practice does not participate in multi-employer

entry. Should a confined space entry with multi-employers be required, the company will make entry using the same procedures identified in this policy as making entry as a sole participant.

5. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C shall review this policy yearly and amend as required

concerning changes of recognized safety standards.


74

C. PERMIT SPACE ENTRY COMMUNICATION AND COORDINATION

1. Before entry operations begin, the host employer must provide the following information, if it has it, to the controlling contractor:

a. The location of each known permit space; b. The hazards or pot entail hazards in each space or the reason it is a permit

space; and c. Any precautions that the host employer or any previous controlling contractor

or entry employer implemented for the protection of employees in the permit space.

2. Before entry operations begin, the controlling contractor must:

a. Obtain the host employer’s information about the permit space hazards and

previous entry operations; and b. Provide the following information to each entity entering a permit space and

any other entity at the worksite whose activities could foreseeably result in a hazard in the permit space:

i. The information received from the host employer; ii. Any additional information the controlling contractor has about the

subjects listed from the host employer; and iii. The precautions that the host employer, controlling contractor, or

other entry employers implemented for the protection of the employees in the permit spaces.

3. Before entry operations begin, each entry employer must:

a. Obtain all of the controlling contractor’s information regarding permit space

hazards and entry operations; and b. Inform the controlling contractor of the permit space program that the entry

employer will follow, including any hazards likely to be confronted or created in each permit space.

4. The controlling contractor and entry employer(s) must coordinate entry operations

when:

a. More than one entity performs permit space entry at the same time; or b. Permit space entry is performed at the same time that any activities that could

foreseeably result in a hazard in the permit space are performed.

5. After entry operations:

a. The controlling contractor must debrief each entity that entered a permit space

regarding the permit space program followed and any hazards confronted or created in the permit space(s) during entry operations;

b. The entry employer must inform the controlling contractor in a timely manner of the permit space program followed and of any hazards confronted or create in the permit space(s) during entry operations; and


75

6. The controlling contractor must apprise the host employer of the information exchange with the entry entities pursuant to the above information.

Note. 29 CFR 1926.1203(h). Unless a host employer or controlling contractor has or will have employees in a confined space, it is not required to enter any confined space to collect the information specified in this section.

7. If there is no controlling contractor present at the worksite, the requirements for, and

role of, controlling contactors in 29 CFR 1926.1203 must be fulfilled by the host employer or other employer who arranges to have employees of another employer perform work that involves permit space entry.

D. CONFINE SPACE PERMIT SYSTEM

1. Prior to authorized entry into a confined space, the Entry Supervisor shall document

the completion of measures required by this procedures by preparing an entry permit “Confined Space Entry Permit Appendix 7A.”

2. Before entry begins, the entry supervisor, identified on the confined space entry

permit shall sign the permit to authorize entry.

3. The completed confined space entry permit shall be made available to all authorized entrants at the time of entry, by posting it at the entry portal.

4. The duration of the confined space entry permit may not exceed the time required to

complete the assigned task or job identified on the permit.

5. The entry supervisor shall terminate entry and cancel the confined space entry permit when:

a. The entry operations covered by the permit have been completed. b. A condition that is not allowed under the permit arises in or near the confine

space.

6. The company shall retain each canceled confined space entry permit for at least one year to facilitate the review of the confined space program required by this procedure. Any problems encountered during an entry operation shall be noted on the pertinent permit so that appropriate revisions to the confined space program can be made.

E. TESTING, EVALUATION AND MONITORING

All confined spaces shall be tested by a qualified person before entry to determine whether the confined space atmosphere is safe for entry. Test shall be made by using a direct readout instrument. A test shall be performed for all known or suspected vapors, gases or mists. Minimum tests shall include oxygen, combustible gases, carbon monoxide and hydrogen sulfide. Tests shall be made at several elevations in the confined space. Gases and vapors have different characteristics. Some linger at the bottom of an area; others may float to the top or mid-point of the area. An evaluation will be made at that time on whether the confined space will be treated as permitted or non-permitted confined space as defined in the definitions section of this program.

1. Oxygen Hazards

Too much oxygen in the air increases the potential for normally nonflammable materials such as grease, oil or clothing to catch fire at normal temperatures or when


76

exposed to flames. More often the atmosphere may contain too little oxygen resulting in physical effects to workers in the space.

a. The following are defined as high and low oxygen levels:

% Oxygen 23.5% and above 20.8% to 21% 19.5% and below

Oxygen Levels High levels Normal levels Low levels

b.

Effects of Oxygen Deficiencies:

% Oxygen 16 - 14%

14 - 10%

10% and below

Less than 6%

Effects Deep breathing, accelerated heartbeat, impaired attention, thinking and coordination Faulty judgment, poor coordination, rapid fatigue, intermittent breathing Nausea, vomiting, unconsciousness

followed by death Spasmodic breathing, convulsive movements, death in minutes

2. Flammability Hazards

An atmosphere is flammable when there is oxygen in the air and there is flammable gas, vapor, or dust in the proper mixture. Different gases have different flammable ranges. OSHA considers an atmosphere to pose a serious fire or explosion hazard if a flammable gas or vapor is present at a concentration greater than 10% of its lower flammability limit.

3. Toxic Hazards

A toxic atmosphere is usually caused by the product that was stored in the space or from work being conducted such as cutting, welding, spraying, cleaning, etc. It could also be from other toxins in the area of the confined space that may have entered and settled into the space. An evaluation must be made on what chemicals or a combination of chemicals to sample.

F. CONTROL OF HAZARDS

1. Fresh air ventilation shall be pumped into the space at all times before and during

space entry. Oxygen and carbon monoxide testing should be performed on the fresh air discharge to ensure the makeup air is acceptable.

2. Whenever possible, all piping, duct work, lines, etc., that could unexpectedly carry

toxic materials, vapor, gases, etc., into the confined space should be blocked or blanked off. This can be accomplished by closing valves, removing piping or plugging the opening of the holes entering the space. All mechanical hazards such as augers, conveyors, blades, etc., must be turned off and locked out.

3. No hot work shall be done in the space without the supervisor's permission and

continuous monitoring with the direct read out instrumentation.

4. When working in a confined or enclosed space (such as a manhole or vault) that

contains exposed energized parts, the company shall provide, and the employee


77

shall use, protective shields, protective barriers, or insulating materials as necessary to avoid inadvertent contact with these parts. Doors, hinged panels, and the like shall be secured to prevent their swinging into an employee and causing the employee to contact exposed energized parts.

G. RESCUE & EMERGENCY SERVICES

1. The entry supervisor shall determine the best method for emergency rescue

response either from host facility, provided by outside service given an opportunity to examine the entry site prior to entry and decline as appropriate or use a team provided and properly trained and equipped by the company.

2. Affected employees shall be provided and trained with the personal protective

equipment needed to safely conduct permit required confined space rescues.

3. Affected employees shall successfully complete the training required to establish proficiency as an authorized entrant and also be trained to perform assigned rescue duties when required.

4. The company shall ensure that at least one member of the rescue team or service

holding a current certification in first aid and CPR is available.

5. Affected employees will practice making permit space rescues at least once every twelve (12) months, by means of simulated rescue operations in which they remove dummies, manikins, or actual persons from the actual permit spaces or from representative permit spaces. Representative permit spaces shall, with respect to opening size, configuration, and accessibility, simulate the types of permit spaces from which rescue is to be performed.

6. To facilitate non-entry rescue, retrieval systems or methods shall be used whenever

an authorized entrant enters a permit space, unless the retrieval equipment would increase the overall risk of entry or would not contribute to the rescue of the entrant. Retrieval systems shall meet the following requirements.

i. Each authorized entrant shall use a chest or full body harness, with a retrieval line attached at the center of the entrant's back near shoulder level, above the entrant's head, or at another point which the employer can establish presents a profile small enough for the successful removal of the entrant. Wristlets may be used in lieu of the chest or full body harness if the employer can demonstrate that the use of a chest or full body harness is infeasible or creates a greater hazard and that the use of wristlets is the safest and most effective alternative.

ii. The other end of the retrieval line shall be attached to a mechanical device or

fixed point outside the permit space in such a manner that rescue can begin as soon as the rescuer becomes aware that rescue is necessary. A mechanical device shall be available to retrieve personnel from vertical type permit spaces more than five (5) feet deep.

7. In the event of a permit required confine space entry where immediately dangerous

to life and health (IDLH) conditions are present the company will contract with a third party rescue service. Rescue service personnel will be onsite on-site for IDLH conditions while work is being performed.

8. If an injured entrant is exposed to a substance for which a Safety Data Sheet (SDS)

or other similar written information is required to be kept at the worksite, that SDS or written information shall be made available to the medical facility treating the exposed entrant.


78

H. CATEGORIZING WORK SPACE FLOW CHART

• Space large enough to enter &; NO

• Limited or Restricted entry or exit &;

• Not designed for continuous Not a confined Space

YES Confined Space

Hazardous Atomosphere

OR

Permit- Required Confined

Space

YES

Engulfment Hazard

OR Configuration Hazard

Non- NO

Permit Require Space

OR

Any other recognized

serious hazard


79

I. TRAINING

1. All employees involved in a confined space entry shall successfully complete a

formal confined space training session before being allowed to enter a confined space or take part in any portion of this activity. This training must result in an understanding of the hazards in the permit space and the methods used to isolate, control or in other ways protect employees from these hazards, and for those employees not authorized to perform entry rescues, in the dangers of attempting such rescues.

2. Training required by this program shall be provided to each effected employee:

a. In both the language and vocabulary that the employee can understand; b. Before the employee is first assigned duties under this program; c. Before there is a change in assigned duties;

d. Whenever there is a change in permit space entry operations that presents a hazard about which an employee has not previously been trained; and

e. Whenever there is any evidence of a deviation from the permit space entry procedures or there are inadequacies in the employee’s knowledge or use of these procedures.

f. A review of this Confined Space Entry Program. g. On how to complete the “Confined Space Entry Permit Appendix 7A.”

h. On the general duties of authorized entrants, attendants, and entry supervisors.

4. In addition to specific confined space entry training, personnel involved in confined

space operations shall successfully complete Hazard Communication Training and Respiratory Protection Training.

5. Refresher training shall be completed on an annual basis (or as necessary) to

ensure proficiency with this program.

6. Personnel who use atmospheric testing equipment shall be trained in the proper use of it and in accordance to the manufacturer’s instructions. This training shall include, but is not limited to the following:

a. Limitations of the equipment b. Calibration c. Maintenance

7. Training Records








80

HOUSEKEEPING SECTION 15

POLICY

Good housekeeping is not only an essential part of our safety program, but also good business. Employees are expected before work starts to make sure there is adequate containers and or enough equipment to take care of all waste disposal as well as keep their work areas clean and orderly during work activities. This includes cleaning up before moving from one work area to another.

SCOPE

Applies to all PRO ELECTRIC, L.C., employees, subcontractors or suppliers at work sites.

PURPOSE

To define good housekeeping and sanitation procedures.

A. PROCEDURES

1. A program for debris removal throughout the site will be established by the Project Foreman and agreed to by all subcontractors. There should be proper area’s designated for disposal of waste and scraps generated from the job..

2. Trash receptacles must be made available throughout work areas so employees

have a handy place to discard trash. These receptacles must be emptied regularly to permanently dispose of this material. (Failure to remove debris promptly causes obstruction of other activities, fire hazards, potential for employee injury, handling the same material repeatedly, and is extremely expensive.)

3. Reusable materials must be cleaned, sorted, and stacked in appropriate storage

areas.

4. Protruding nails must be completely removed from material.

5. The accumulation of "junk piles" of debris is not allowed in any storage yard or work

area.

6. Materials must not be dropped or thrown from upper levels to lower levels or to the ground from roof areas unless the following conditions are met:

a. When dropping materials more than twenty (20) feet to any area outside of a

building, an enclosed chute shall be used. Contact the appropriate Safety Director or Project Foreman for additional information.

b. When dropping to areas less than twenty (20) feet down, the drop area shall be barricaded and flagged.

c. When debris is dropped through holes in a floor, provide an enclosed chute, or completely enclose the drop area with barricades that are forty-two (42) inches high and located at least six feet back from the edges of the opening above. Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted at each drop area.

7. Coordinate the removal of debris from the drop area, so other debris is not dropped

at the same time.

8. Trash, rubbish or garbage must not be allowed to accumulate on our projects.


81

9. All combustible debris such as soiled rags, crating, boxes, packing materials and lunch area scraps must be placed in containers and be removed promptly. Provide an extra fire extinguisher for any area in which these materials accumulate on an ongoing basis.

10. Keep site lunch and break areas clean and provide suitable receptacles for

employees to dispose of their debris.

11. Subcontractor(s) shall clean up and remove all rubbish and debris caused by its operations and in connection with the execution of its work to the satisfaction of this company, or after written notice, the Project Foreman shall arrange to have this work performed and charge the cost to the subcontractor.

12. Keep all material, tools and equipment in a stable position (tied, stacked or chocked)

to prevent rolling or falling.

13. Aisles, walkways, and stairways must be kept clean and free of debris at all times.

14. Do not engage in dry sweeping when such activity could contribute to exposure to respirable crystalline silica. Wet sweeping, floor sweep compounds, or filtered vacuuming will be used to minimize exposure to respirable crystalline silica, when feasible.

15. Do not to use compressed air to clean clothing or surfaces as such activities could

contribute to exposure of respirable crystalline silica.

16. Employees are not required to follow silica housekeeping requirements when cleaning ordinary soil, large debris, and non-silica containing materials such as saw dust.

17. Employees are encouraged to utilize opportunities to reuse materials or recycle.


82

FIRE PROTECTION & PREVENTION SECTION 16

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to evaluate work activities that might result in an uncontrolled fire to ensure these activities are properly assessed and controlled. All employees will be provided:

• training for all employees whose task include heat, spark or flame producing operations such as welding, brazing, or grinding. • Develop and monitor effective hot work procedures (Appendix 19-A) • Provide safe equipment for hot work • Provide proper and effective PPE for all hot

SCOPE

All welding, torch cutting, portable heaters, fuel storage/filling or any other activity that involves a heat source above the ignition time/temperature of exposed materials.

A. PROCEDURES

1. Employees shall be trained upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter

on the general principles of portable fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with incipient stage firefighting.

2. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided for employee use and selected and

distributed based on the classes of anticipated jobsite fires and on the size and degree of hazard which would affect their use.

3. Portable fire extinguishers shall be visually inspected periodically and at least

monthly.

4. Defective fire extinguishers should be reported immediately to your supervisor.

5. Portable fire extinguishers shall be subjected to an annual maintenance check. The annual maintenance date shall be recorded and retained for one (1) year after the last entry or the life of the shell, whichever is less.

6. If you use or find a discharged fire extinguisher, take it out of service and make it

known to your supervisor that a replacement is needed.

7. Smoke only in designated areas. Discard the butts properly. Never drop a

smoldering butt. You never know what may have been spilled in that spot or what kind of flammable vapors may be present.

8. Gasoline and other flammable liquids shall only be stored in OSHA approved safety cans. All safety cans must be property labeled with their true contents. Have Safety Data Sheet’s (SDS’s) available covering each containers contents.

9. All equipment should be shut off before attempting to refuel it.

10. There shall be no smoking or open flame in the vicinity of a refueling area. A fire extinguisher shall be readily available at each refueling area.

11. Keep fuel and oil spillage cleaned up.

12. If owner requires a welding or burning permit, secure permit prior to the start of work. 13. Post a fire watch when necessary. Before leaving areas where hot work has been completed for that work shift, employees shall ensure that no possibility of fire exist 14. Know how to properly report a fire or correctly use fire alarms when


83

applicable


84

15. On any enclosed structure, try to establish two separate exit ways. Be sure to keep

these exits clean and free from scrap, debris, materials and tools.

16. When working in an existing structure, locate and mark all emergency exits. Maintain these exits for proper and easy exit.

17. Combustible waste materials, such as oily rags, paint rags, must be stored in covered metal containers and be disposed of properly.

B. FIRE SAFETY INSPECTIONS & HOUSEKEEPING

The project foreman is responsible for conducting work site safety inspections that include observations of compliance with all fire safety regulations. These inspections should include observations of worksite safety and housekeeping issues and should specifically address proper storage of chemicals and supplies, unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, and emergency evacuation routes. Also, a determination shall be made to ensure that the emergency evacuation plan is present for all work areas and that all personnel are familiar with this plan.

C. EMERGENCY EXITS

1. Every exit will be clearly visible, or the route to it conspicuously identified in such a

manner that every occupant of the building or work area will readily know the direction of escape from any point. At no time will exits be blocked.

2. Any doorway or passageway which is not an exit but which may be mistaken for an

exit, should be identified by a sign reading “Not an Exit” or a sign indicating its actual use (i.e., storeroom, closet). Exits and accesses to exits will be marked by a readily visible sign. Each exit sign will be illuminated by a reliable light source providing not less than five (5) foot candles on the illuminated surface.

D. CLASSIFICATIONS

1. Flammable Liquids – a liquid with a flash point below 100’ F.

Class IA – flashpoint below 73’ F and boiling point below 100’ F. Class IB – flashpoint below 73’ F and boiling point above 100’ F. Class IC – flashpoint at or above 73’ F and below 100’ F.

2. Combustible Liquids – a liquid having a flash point at or above 100’ F.

E. STORAGE & USAGE OF FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

The project foreman shall designate storage areas for all work sites, both indoors and outdoors. All flammable and combustible liquids require careful handling at all times. The proper storage of flammable liquids within a work area is very important in order to protect personnel from fire and other safety and health hazards, and the storage requirements are as follows:

1. Storage of flammable liquids shall be in NFPA approved storage lockers or in low

value structures at least fifty (50) feet from any other structure. Do not store other combustible materials near flammable storage areas or lockers.

2. Bulk drums of flammable liquids must be grounded and bonded to containers during

dispensing.

3. Portable containers of gasoline or diesel are not to exceed five (5) gallons.


85

4. Safety cans used for dispensing flammable or combustible liquids shall be kept at a point of use.

5. Appropriate fire extinguishers are to be mounted or be available within seventy (75) feet of outside areas containing flammable liquids, and within ten (10) feet of any inside storage area for such materials.

6. Storage rooms for flammable and combustible liquids must have explosion proof light

fixtures.

7. No flames, hot work, or smoking is to be permitted in flammable or combustible liquid storage areas.

8. The maximum amount of flammable liquids that may be stored in a building are:

a. 20 gallons of Class IA liquids in containers b. 100 gallons of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids in containers c. 500 gallons of Class IB, IC, II, or III liquids in a single portable tank

9. Flammable liquid transfer areas are to be separated from other operations by distance or by construction having proper fire resistance.

10. When not in use flammable liquids shall be kept in covered containers.

11. Class I liquids may be used only where there are no open flames or other sources of ignition within the possible path of vapor travel.

12. Maintenance and operating practices shall be in accordance with established procedures, which will tend to control leakage and prevent the accidental escape of flammable or combustible liquids. Spills shall be cleaned up promptly.

13. Combustible waste material and residues in a building or work area shall be kept to a minimum, stored in covered metal receptacles and disposed of daily.

F. CABINETS

Not more than 120 gallons of Class I, II, and IIIA liquids may be stored in a storage cabinet. Of this total, not more than 60 gallons may be Class I and II liquids. Not more than three such cabinets may be located in a single fire area except in industrial areas.

G. STORAGE INSIDE BUILDINGS

Where approved storage cabinets or rooms are not provided, inside storage will comply with the following conditions:

1. The storage of any flammable or combustible liquid shall not physically obstruct a means of egress from the building or area.

2. Containers of flammable or combustible liquids will remain tightly sealed except

when transferred, poured or applied. Remove only that portion of liquid in the storage container required to accomplish a particular job.

3. If a flammable and combustible liquid storage building is used, it will be a one-story

building devoted principally to the handling and storing of flammable or combustible liquids. The building will have two (2) hour fire-rated exterior walls having no opening within ten (10) feet of such storage.


86

H. VENTILATION

Every inside storage room will be provided with a continuous mechanical exhaust ventilation system. To prevent the accumulation of vapors, the location of both the makeup and exhaust air opening will be arranged to provide, as far as practical, air movement directly to the exterior of the building and if ducts are used, they will not be used for any other purpose.

I. TRAINING

1. The company will provide training to each exposed employee on fire protection and prevention necessary to safety perform their job duties.

2. Training Records








87

WELDING & BURNING SECTION 17

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to protect company employees and exposed personnel when work involving welding and burning is being conducted.

• training for all employees whose task include heat, spark or flame producing operations such as welding, brazing, or grinding. • Develop and monitor effective hot work procedures (Appendix 19-A) • Provide safe equipment for hot work • Provide proper and effective PPE for all hot SCOPE

This policy applies to all welding, cutting, brazing, metals grinding, and other hot work activities conducted by PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employees or subcontractors.

A. PROCEDURES

1. Keep welding leads and burning hoses clear of passageways, exits, stairwells, and other high traffic areas.

2. Inspect all leads, grounds, clamps, fittings, couplings, connections, hoses, gauges,

cylinders and welding machines each day before using.

3. Be sure all fittings, couplings and connections are tight.

4. Ventilation is important since some plated and/or painted metal can give off harmful fumes and vapors when subjected to high temperatures from welding and burning operations. If you are operating outdoors, make sure you try to work "up-wind."

5. Before striking an arc or lighting a torch, check with your supervisor to see if a

welding or burning permit is required.

6. Maintain good housekeeping about your work area. Do not start welding or burning operations if there is evidence of spills, rags, materials, or other flammable objects in or near the work area.

7. Each welder is responsible for containing sparks and slag and/or removing

combustibles to prevent fire.

8. You must have a charged, working fire extinguisher for your work area. This extinguisher must be readily available for use. Designate someone to keep an eye on adjacent sparks and slag.

9. No welding or burning is to be done on a closed vessel or tank, or any vessel or tank,

which has not been decontaminated (cleaned) and tested for confined space conditions.

B. WELDING/ELECTRIC

1. All work must have a separated and adequate ground-to-ground lead must be pulled

from the machine to the work location.

2. Do not leave a rod in the electrode holder when you lay it down.

3. Shield all arc welding operations with noncombustible screens.

4. You are responsible for turning your machine off at the end of your shift


88

5. An approved welding helmet must be worn. Use no less than a #10 filter plate,

with a safety plate on both sides of the filter plate.

6. Leads shall be adequately insulated from the machine connection to the electrode holder. Those found defective shall be taken out of service and replaced.

7. Never perform electric welding from a metal ladder.

C. BURNING/GAS

1. Before connecting regulators to cylinders, carefully open the cylinder valve a crack to blow out any foreign particles. After regulator is connected, stand to one side of gauge while the cylinder valve is opened. Open cylinder valve slowly.

2. Be sure the second stage of regulator is closed before opening the cylinder valve.

3. Open valves on fuel gas cylinders (acetylene, natural gas, propane) 1/4 turn only.

Open oxygen cylinder valves wide open.

4. Do not exceed fifteen (15) psi on the torch side of the gauge when using acetylene.

5. When lighting a torch, open the fuel gas valve on the torch before opening the oxygen valve. Use an approved spark lighter.

6. At the end of the shift, all burning units must be broken down; with regulators

removed and protective caps screwed down hand tight, and the work area shall be inspected to ensure no possibility of fire exists before leaving.

7. Cylinders must be placed and secured in an upright position, including storage,

transit, or use.

8. Keep oil and grease away from oxygen regulators, hose and fittings. Never use oily or greasy gloves, rags or tools around oxygen cylinders.

9. Do not use compressed gas to clean your clothing, blow out anchor holes or

otherwise clean your work area.

10. All hoses, gauges and torches shall be inspected before each shift. Those found defective shall be taken out of service and replaced.

11. Only approved burning goggles shall be worn. Use no less than a #3 filter with a

safety lens on both sides of the filter. Face shields over the glasses may be utilized for additional face and throat protection.

12 Place cylinders and hoses where they are not exposed to sparks from a burning

operation.

13. Never use oxygen in pneumatic tools, to pressurize a container because of the potential hazard of leakage


89

COMPRESSED AIR/GAS CYLINDERS SECTION 18

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to ensure company employees and exposed personnel working with or around compressed air/gas cylinders work in a safe manner and in accordance to this policy.

SCOPE

This policy will apply to gas or arc welding and cutting, fire prevention during these type of work, ventilation and protection requirements during these operations, and anytime preservative coatings are present while performing this work. Specific safety requirements are listed for transporting, moving, placing, storing, use and operation and must be strictly followed.

A. PROCEDURES

1. All gas cylinders shall have contents clearly marked on the outside of each cylinder.

2. Oxygen and fuel/gas (acetylene, LPG, mapp, etc.) cylinders must be stored at least

twenty (20) feet apart or separated by a one (1) hour firewall at least five (5) feet in height. LPG should be stored outside at all times, except if the building is uninhabited by other employees or personnel at night and only in small quantities.

3. Cylinders must be placed and secured in an upright position, including storage and

transfer.

4. Cylinder valves must be protected with caps or guard when not in use.

5. Full and empty cylinders are to be stored separately and secured with suitable devices to keep cylinders in an upright position.

6. Empty cylinders should not be treated any differently than full cylinders.

7. Never use an oxygen or fuel/gas cylinder when it is lying down.

8. All burning units must be broken down at the end of the shift or when work is

completed before leaving the area, with regulators removed and protective caps screwed down hand tight.

9. When cylinders are hoisted, always use proper carries. They should never be

choked or lifted by their protective cap.

10. Keep oil and grease away from oxygen cylinders. Never use oily or greasy gloves, rags or tools around oxygen cylinders.

11. Do not use compressed gas to clean your clothing, blow out anchor holes or

otherwise clean your work area.

12. All hoses, gauges and torches must be inspected each day before use. Those found defective shall be taken out of service and replaced.

13. All cutting torch carts shall have a readily available fire extinguisher in the immediate

area at all times. If needed, an extinguisher may be placed on the cart for transport to the project, and then set off immediate to the work area as needed.


90

BACK INJURY PREVENTION/LIFTING PROGRAM SECTION 19

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. for management and every employee be responsible for pre-screening projects and continuously monitoring work tasks/activities that have the potential to pose a significant risk of back injuries to employees. When feasible, additional help, a dolly, forklift or other type of lifting equipment shall be utilized.

SCOPE

This applies to all projects where manual material handling activities or repetitive bending and lifting are required.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this section is to educate employees and prevent potential back injuries through identifying work activities that have the potential to cause back related injuries to employees.

A. PROCEDURES

a. Be sure to stretch before attempting to lift or move material at the start of each day.

Many back and muscle injuries are due to improper stretching or straining. b. Always size up your load. Get help for heavy or bulky loads. This may require the

utilization of material handling equipment, i.e., power industrial trucks, pallet jacks, etc.

c. Inspect your path of travel. Choose the safest, not the shortest route. Be aware of tripping or slipping hazards.

d. Always bend your knees, keeping your back straight, not necessary vertical. Tuck your chin to keep it in line with your neck and spine. Never lift with a rounded back and straight legs.

e. Get a firm grip on the object with your whole hand (not just your fingers). f. Draw the object close to you with your weight centered over your feet. g. Tuck your elbows and arms for more power. Lift by straightening your legs - use

slow easy motions, and avoid quick, jerky motions. h. Avoid shifting with the load. Try to point your foot in the direction you intend to go. i. Do not kick objects out of your pathway, or don’t block your view with too large of a

load.


91

LADDER PROGRAM SECTION 20

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to protect company employees and exposed personnel working on or around ladders. Ladders shall only be set up and used by a trained employee who is familiar with all requirements pertaining to the particular type of ladder. Manufacturers’ recommendations concerning the set-up and use of the ladder shall be strictly followed.

SCOPE

This policy applies to all access-related activities that involve ladders, including the set-up, inspection and use. A. GENERAL GUIDELINES

1. All ladders shall have non-conductive side rails and be constructed of fiberglass.

2. Ladders shall have safety factor of not less than four (4) times maximum intended load.

3. Ladders shall be visually inspected before each use. Defective ladders with broken or

split side rails, missing rungs or steps, or other faulty or defective construction shall not be used and taken out of service and be appropriately labeled “Defective – Do not use.”

4. Portable ladders shall be inspected quarterly by the Warehouse Manager. Ladders are

then be labeled and marked to document the quarterly inspection process. A “Quarterly Portable Ladder Inspection Form Appendix 14-A” shall be completed for each ladder inspected.

5. Ladders shall be used only for the purpose for which they were designed. Never use

ladder in a horizontal position or as scaffolding, runway, or platform.

6. Do not place ladders on top of boxes, barrels, crates, or on elevated scissor lift platforms.

7. All ladders used by Company employees must meet OSHA/ANSI specification and all labels must be legible. B. STRAIGHT/EXTENSION LADDERS

1. Ladders must be equipped with a tie-off rope and nonskid safety feet.

2. Ladders must be adequately secured to prevent displacement.

3. Top of ladders shall extend at least thirty-six (36) inches above the supporting object

when used as access to an elevated work area.

4. Do not take extension ladders apart to use either section separately.

5. Ladders shall be placed at such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the base is about one-quarter of the working length of the ladder.

6. Do not place ladders in front of doors opening toward the ladder unless the door has

been locked or blocked. 7. After extension section of ladder has been raised to desired height, check to see that

safety dogs or latches are engaged and extension rope is secured to a rung on the base of the ladder


92

8. Job-made ladders shall be constructed for their intended use. Cleats should be inset

the side rails 1/2-inch, or filler blocks used. Space cleats uniformly, twelve (12)

inches top to top. C. STEPLADDERS

1. Shall always be completely open, set level on all four feet, and spreaders locked in

place.

2. Do not stand on the platform or top two steps of a stepladder.

3. Do not place tools or material on steps or platform.

4. Stepladders must be secured to prevent displacement with all doorways and/or walkways barricaded under certain conditions.

5. Never use a stepladder like a straight ladder.

6. Stepladders shall not exceed twenty feet (20) feet in height.

D. TRAINING

1. The company will provide training to each exposed employee on the safe use of ladders and how-to safety perform their job duties.

2. Training Records








93

SCAFFOLD PROGRAM SECTION 21

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to protect company employees and exposed personnel working on or around scaffolding. Scaffolds shall only be used, erected or dismantled under the supervision of a Competent Person who is familiar with all requirements pertaining to the installation and use of the scaffold. Manufacturers’ recommendations concerning the installation and use of the scaffolding shall be strictly followed.

SCOPE

This policy applies to all access-related activities that involve scaffolds, including the erection, inspection, use, modification and dismantlement.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Competent Person – means one who is capable of identifying existing and

predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.

2. Qualified Person – means one who, by possession of a recognized degree,

certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated his or her ability to solve or resolve problems related to the subject matter, the work, or the project.

3. Scaffold – means any temporary elevated platform (supported or suspended and its

supporting structure including points of anchorage), used for supporting employees or material or both.

B. FABRICATED FRAME OR TUBULAR SCAFFOLDING

1. All scaffolds used by the company shall be erected, dismantled, moved, and altered

under the direction of a competent person.

2. All scaffolds shall be inspected by a competent person at the start of each shift, or after any occurrence which could affect the integrity of the system. Never use any equipment that is damaged or defective in any way. Mark it and tag it as defective or completely remove it from the worksite. The Competent Person must be on-site at all times while working from the scaffolding.

3. Employees shall not work on scaffolds during storm or high winds. Tools, materials,

and debris shall not be allowed to accumulate in quantities to cause a hazard, and slippery conditions shall be eliminated as soon as possible after they occur.

4. Scaffolds shall be erected on sound, rigid footing, capable of handling 4 times the

maximum intended load without upset. Unstable objects, such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks.

5. Scaffolds must be level with all cross braces securely attached. The use of blocks,

brick, boxes or any other unstable objects to level the scaffold is prohibited. Screw legs shall be used to increase working heights as needed, and base feet shall be used at all times with mudsills either along the width or length of the scaffold from one base foot to the other.


94

6. Scaffolds more than two sections high should be tied off to prevent displacement, every twenty (20) feet horizontally starting at both ends, and every thirty (30) feet vertically starting at the top and bottom. A common procedure to secure scaffolding is a push-pull type of connection using lumber and 9-wire twisted tight.

7. Scaffold platforms shall be fully decked from post to upright when feasible, with no

more than one (1) inch between each plank. Walkways shall be a minimum of two (2) ten (10) inch planks wide, and have guardrails according to the Fall Protection section of this manual if the fall hazard is ten (10) feet or more to any lower level.

8. Scaffold planks shall be of the approved type, and shall be a minimum of 1,500 fiber

(Stress Grade) construction grade lumber. Both ends of the plank shall be painted and shall have plank savers installed to prevent splitting. These planks should be marked to ensure they are not used for any other purpose. If a plank is used as a mud sill, it shall never be used as a plank again and marked accordingly.

9. Planking shall be inspected before first use. Planking that has severe cracks, splits

or shows signs of rotting shall be removed from service and replaced. Once a plank is used as a mudsill, it cannot be used as a plank.

10. Planks shall be cleated or otherwise secured and not hang over their end supports

less than six inches or more than twelve inches for an eight (8) foot or shorter plank. Planks which are ten (10) feet or greater can extend a maximum of eighteen (18) inches. All planking of platforms shall be overlapped a minimum of twelve (12) inches or secured against movement.

11. The poles, legs, or uprights of all scaffolding shall be plumb, and securely and rigidly

braced to prevent swaying and displacement.

12. Each employee on a scaffold more than (10) ten feet above a lower level shall be protected from falling to that lower level. Guardrails are required on all open sides and ends of scaffolds greater than (10) ten feet. Rope guardrails shall not be used. All guardrails will meet the criteria listed in “Section 9 – Fall Protection Program.” When guardrails are not feasible, full body harnesses with lifelines attached shall be used.

13. Toe boards are to be used at all times when materials are stored near an edge which

would create a falling object hazard to employees below with a minimum height of four (4) inches and shall be capable of supporting fifty (50) pounds without failure. When employees are required to work or pass under the scaffold or the material is stored at a height greater than four (4) inches, scaffolds shall be provided with a screen or mesh material between the toe board and guardrail, extending along the entire opening or the area below shall be barricaded to prevent employee access. All employees working on or near scaffolding shall wear a hard hat at all times.

14. Scaffolds and all other metal objects and tools shall be kept at least ten (10) feet

from any overhead power line or electrical source. If this is not feasible, contact the Safety Director immediately.

15. When loads must be swung near the scaffolding, they shall have tag lines to prevent

contact.


95

C. MOBILE SCAFFOLDS (In addition to the scaffolding requirements in section B)

1. Platforms to the scaffolding shall be tightly planked the full width of the scaffold, with no more than one (1) inch between planks.

2. Height may not be more than four (4) four times its minimum base dimension without

securing the unit or installing outriggers to prevent displacement.

3. All wheels must be locked when scaffold is in use. Locks that are found defective shall be removed from service and replaced before using the scaffolding.

4. Employees shall not ride upon mobile scaffolding while it is being moved. Employees

may access mobile scaffolding once it has been moved and the wheels re-locked. E. TRAINING

1. Each employee who performs work while on a scaffold shall have completed training or will be trained before first use in the procedures in this section and how to control or minimize all possible hazards for the jobsite while using the system.

2. For each project, employees using scaffold units shall understand the nature of any

electrical, fall and falling object hazards and the procedures for erecting, using, handling of materials or disassembling the scaffold. They shall also understand as needed the maximum intended load and load-carrying capacities for the type of scaffold system used.

3. Those employees who erect, disassemble, move, operate, repair, maintain or inspect

a scaffold must have completed training by a Competent Person to ensure they may recognize any hazard associated with the work in question which may differ from the employees who only work upon the scaffolding. This training shall include the correct procedures for each operation performed for the specific type of scaffold system in use, and the design criteria and maximum intended load capacity and intended use of the scaffolding.

4. When there is reason to believe that an employee lacks the understanding or skill

needed for safe work involving the erection, use or dismantling of the scaffolding, retraining shall be completed to ensure safe working knowledge. Retraining is also required when changes at the jobsite present a hazard which an employee has no previous training or knowledge of, or when changes in the scaffolding present a hazard.

5. Training Records







96

AERIAL AND SCISSOR LIFT PROGRAM SECTION 22

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to protect company employees and exposed personnel to the hazards associated while utilizing aerial and scissor lift personnel platforms during the course of work.

SCOPE

This section covers the responsibilities, inspection procedures, personal protective requirements, and safety guidelines for any employee who works from or operates an aerial or scissor lift personnel platform.

A. PROCEDURES

All operators and users of aerial platforms must display proficiency in knowledge and actual operation while operating or working from such equipment. Only trained and authorized employees shall be permitted to operate or use aerial platforms. Before authorizing an employee to operate an aerial platform, the Supervisor shall ensure that the employee has:

1. Been instructed by a Qualified Person in the intended purpose and function of each

control. Read and understood the manufacturer’s operating instructions and users safety rules, or been trained by another Qualified Person on the contents.

2. Reviewed the manufacturer’s requirements before first use by accessing the

operator’s manual. This manual should be on the equipment or the project at all times.

3. Understood by reading or having a qualified person explain all the decals, warnings,

and instructions displayed on the aerial platform.

4. Determined that the purpose for which the aerial platform is to be used within the scope of the intended applications for that specific aerial platform equipment.

5. Been provided with all fall protection devices and other safety gear for all employees

in the platform.

6. Each lift will be inspected and maintained, and an “Aerial/Scissor Lift Inspection Checklist - Appendix 6-A” should be completed and signed by the equipment operator before the start of each shift to ensure proper operation.

7. If any condition that would adversely affect the safe operation of the lift is noticed and

cannot be properly abated, the condition will be noted on the checklist and the lift shall be immediately removed from service until the condition is properly repaired. A Qualified Person shall make all repairs to the aerial platform.

8. Inspection of the work area shall also be completed before using the aerial platform

including but is not limited to the following:

a. Drop-offs or holes; b. Bumps and floor obstructions; c. Debris;

d. Overhead obstructions and high voltage conductors; e. Hazardous locations;


97

f. Environmental conditions for the work area; g. Inadequate surface and support to withstand all load forces imposed by the

aerial platform in all operating configurations.

9. All operators and users shall cease operation of the aerial platform in case of suspected malfunction(s) or any potentially hazardous condition(s) until proper repairs or abatements are completed.

10. Any employee, who enters an aerial platform with an extensible boom or platform,

shall utilize a fall arrest harness and lanyard at all times secured to the manufacturer’s anchorage point, regardless of the working height. Platforms used for increasing working heights, that do not extend or boom outward, but remain over the base wheels at all times, do not require the use of a fall arrest harness, given the user(s) have their feet firmly positioned on the floor of the lift, and the guardrails and entry point door or chains are in use at all times. Belting off to adjacent structures is strictly prohibited.

11. Before each movement or when repositioning the aerial lift platforms, all operators

shall ensure the following:

a. The aerial platform is operated on a surface within the limits of the equipment for safe operation;

b. The outriggers, stabilizers, extendible axles, or other stability enhancing means are used;

c. Guardrails are installed and access gates and openings are closed; d. The load and its distribution on the platform and any platform extension are

within the manufacturer’s rated capacity; e. The operator shall ensure the area surrounding the aerial platform is clear of

personnel and equipment before raising or lowering the platform; f. There is adequate clearance from any overhead obstructions. This includes a

minimum distance of ten (10) feet from all power lines. For work closer than this ten (10) foot radius, all power lines must first be de-activated and tagged out of service. Contact the appropriate Safety Director for assistance;

g. The path of travel has been visually inspected and will properly balance and support the aerial platform.

12. All aerial platform equipment operated in hazardous locations shall be of the

approved type. Employees shall utilize personal protective equipment (i.e., face shields, safety glasses, dust masks, etc.) as required while working from or operating aerial platforms equipment.

13. When other moving equipment, motor vehicles, other workers or the general public

are present, special precautions for warning others with flagging, roped off areas, flashing lights, and\or barricades shall be installed as needed.

14. The aerial platform shall not be operated from a position on trucks, trailers, railway

cars, floating vessels, scaffolds, or similar equipment unless approved by the manufacturer.

15. Under all travel conditions, the operator shall limit travel speed according to

conditions of the ground surface, congestion, visibility, slope, location of personnel, and other factors causing hazards of collision or injury.


98

16. Altering or disabling safety devices or interlocks is strictly prohibited. All modification or alterations of an aerial platform shall be made according to the manufacturer’s specifications and approval.

17. Rated capacities shall not be exceeded when loads or personnel are transferred to

the platform at any height. These capacities will be posted on the basket or located in the operator’s manual.

18. Aerial platforms should not be used in high winds or gusty conditions.

19. The aerial platform shall not be positioned against another object to steady the

platform.

20. The aerial platform shall not be used as a crane.

21. Care shall be taken to prevent rope, electrical cords and hoses from being entangled with the aerial platform.

22. Stunt driving and horseplay shall be strictly prohibited.

23. Personnel shall maintain a firm footing on the platform while working therein. Use of

planks, ladders, or any other makeshift devices for achieving additional working heights or reach shall be strictly prohibited.

24. Do not sit or stand on the guardrails of an aerial platform at any time. Guardrails are

rated for 200-pound maximum loads, and are not designed for heavy loads.

25. Do not leave the aerial platform unattended with the key in the switch. This will prevent unauthorized use of the equipment.

26. The engine shall be shut down while fuel tanks are filled. Fueling and battery

charging shall be done in well-ventilated areas free of flame, sparks, or other hazards which could cause a fire or explosion.

27. The boom and platform of the aerial platform shall not be used to jack the wheels off

the ground unless the manufacturer designs the machine for that purpose.

28. The aerial platform shall not be driven on grades, side slopes or ramps exceeding those for which the manufacturer rates the aerial platform.

29. If the platform or elevating assembly becomes caught, snagged or otherwise

prevented from normal motion by adjacent structures or other obstacles, such that control reversal does not free the platform, all personnel shall be removed from the platform before any attempts are made to free the platform using ground controls.

30. Before and during driving the aerial platform while in an elevated position, the

operator shall:

a. Maintain a clear view of the path of travel; b. Maintain a safe distance from obstacles, debris, drop-offs, holes,

depressions, ramps, and other hazards to ensure safe elevated travel; c. Maintain a safe distance from any overhead obstructions or hazards.


99

31. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will provide training to each exposed employee on the safe use of powered industrial trucks and how to safely perform their job duties.

B. TRAINING

1. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will provide training to each exposed employee on the safe

use of powered aerial and scissor lift personnel platforms and how to safely perform their job duties.

2. Training Records








100

EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN SECTION 23

POLICY

In order to maintain a safe and healthful working environment in emergency situations, PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. has developed this emergency action plan to help safeguard employees while working on project sites. This policy is mandatory and must be strictly followed by all subcontractors and their personnel while working on jobsites.

SCOPE

All employees will be trained in the use of this plan and their role in implementing it. This program will be made available and on all project sites and posted at all times for viewing whenever PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. has an on-site office.

A. GENERAL EVACUATION PROCEDURES

1. When notified of an emergency evacuation, all subcontractors must immediately

evacuate their personnel from the project site.

2. When evacuating the jobsite, employees should utilize the nearest exit to them.

3. All employees shall meet at a predetermined meeting location away from the hazard, in order for management to conduct and confirm that all employees have safely evacuated the site. Only trained and authorized employees shall re-enter the site for emergency rescue operations and/or administer first aid.

4. Depending on the type of emergency, evacuated employees should be a minimum of

twenty-five (25) feet away from the jobsite/affected area or an equivalent safe distance.

5. Evacuated subcontractors and their personnel shall remain a safe distance from the

affected area or jobsite, until a Qualified Representative deems that no further hazards are present and allows work to continue.

6. Proper authorities (site security, police, fire, rescue, ambulance, etc.) will be notified

of the emergency, by PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. as soon as possible. Signs with emergency phone numbers; instructions and the jobsite address are clearly posted in the field office trailer.

B. INJURY/FATALITY TO AN EMPLOYEE

1. All injuries and/or accidents must be reported to PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. immediately.

If the injury requires medical treatment, an authorization form must be completed by a PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. representative and sent with the injured party to the predetermined clinic or hospital.

2. Transportation of the injured party, to and from the clinic or hospital, is the

responsibility of the injured person’s supervisor. No injured person shall leave the project unattended at the discretion of the project foreman.

3. Directions, lists, maps, phone numbers, etc. for approved clinics and/or hospitals can

be obtained from the PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. office.

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. 100 Rev August 20

4. In the event that the injury is more serious or life threatening, 911 will be called and the injured party will be transported by ambulance to the nearest emergency care facility. (List locations for treatment.)

5. OSHA shall be notified in the event of a work-related fatality within eight (8) hours.

OSHA shall also be notified anytime there is a work-related inpatient hospitalization of one or more employees, all work-related amputations and all work-related losses of an eye within twenty-four (24) hours. The project supervisor shall be responsible

for contacting the Safety Director immediately upon finding out about any of these work-related incidents. The Safety Director is responsible for contacting OSHA within the required timeframe(s). OSHA can be reached by telephone: (800) 321- 6742 or website:

C. INJURY TO VISITORS

1. In the event that a PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. visitor is injured during the course of

construction, PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. on-site management team must be promptly notified.

2. Visitors will be directed to follow instructions of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. and be

accompanied at all times unless properly orientated for the worksite.

3. Do not allow the injured party to be moved (unless imminent danger is present).

4. Only people having been trained in basic First Aid or CPR or beyond shall administer emergency medical care to the injured party.

5. Proper authorities (site security, police, fire, rescue, ambulance, etc.) shall be notified

immediately.

D. FIRE

1. All employees must comply with the fire safety requirements of the Project’s written

safety and health plan.

2. In the event of an emergency evacuation due to fire, the General Evacuation Procedures described above shall be utilized.

E. PROPERTY DAMAGE

1. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. must be made aware of any damage to property on the site,

regardless of who the owner of the property is.

2. Certain incidents involving property damage may require an employee evacuation from the jobsite. (An example is a rupture of an underground gas line)

3. This section could include but is not limited to the following:

a. Utility lines or pipes b. Vehicles located on-site c. Equipment/Tools d. Jobsite Trailers/Offices

e. Jobsite Fencing/Barricades


F. PUBLIC DEMONSTRATIONS

1. Any public demonstration (including but not limited to: parades, any form of rioting, labor disputes, marches, public or organizational protests, etc.) that may affect normal construction activities on the project site will be addressed at the time of occurrence by Management of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C.

2. If necessary, normal construction activity (this may include employee parking,

delivery and visitor traffic, entrances and exits to the site, etc.) will be altered, in order to ensure public safety during demonstrations near the Project Site.

3. If any public demonstration poses a threat to employee safety during normal working

conditions, steps will immediately be taken to eliminate the hazard(s) that the above said employee(s) are exposed to. This includes notifying authorities of any unlawful act that has been committed by any member of the public.

G. BOMB THREATS

1. In the event that a bomb threat is placed with PRO ELECTRIC, L.C., any of the

subcontractors working on site, naming the area of the jobsite or any combination thereof, the jobsite must immediately be evacuated by all personnel, using the steps outlined above in General Evacuation Procedures.

2. Proper authorities (site security, police, fire, rescue, ambulance, etc.) shall be notified

immediately. The jobsite shall remain evacuated of all personnel, until a complete investigation is conducted and the situation is deemed free of hazard by the acting authorities.

H. WEATHER RELATED EMERGENCIES

1. When experiencing lightening, flooding, or tornado threatening weather, PRO

ELECTRIC, L.C. will warn all on-site employees of the current weather conditions, as well as closely monitor up to the minute forecasts and instructions issued by local or state authorities, local media and/or National Weather Service.

2. When seeking shelter from a tornado, the preferred choice should be a ditch or

protected excavations. If inside a building, all windows and doors shall remain open.

3. Employees should avoid using equipment, job trailers, and small structures as a means of shelter from a tornado, nor should they position themselves in an area where there is materials, tools or equipment being stored nearby or overhead.

I. MEDIA CONTACTS

1. At no time, shall any unauthorized person speak to the media regarding jobsite

emergencies or any other publicized affair related to the PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Project. If necessary, proper statements will be issued by PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. management or by the appointed representative of the owner.


OSHA INSPECTION PROCEDURES SECTION 24

POLICY

It is policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to fully cooperate with inspections by enforcement agencies such as the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). The following procedures shall be followed when an OSHA or other agency representative arrives at one of our facilities or projects:

A. INSPECTIONS

Use the “OSHA Inspection Questionnaire Form Appendix 9-A” as a guide and for the purpose of documentation of the inspection and follow these steps:

1. As soon as the OSHA Compliance Officer arrives on site, immediately contact by

telephone the designated PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. representative noted in this section.

2. Be polite, respectful, and cooperative while waiting for the Company Officer to arrive. Request up to a one hour delay for them to arrive before beginning the inspection.

3. Request to see the Inspector’s credentials.

4. Get a copy, if possible, of the Compliance Officer’s work assignment for your site

(usually a building permit or Dodge Report, or a copy of a complaint.) The company may want to contest an alleged violation, so record all pertinent information. The names, business affiliation and addresses of all persons present should be written down.

5. If a complaint is involved, you should ask if the party(s) filing the compliant requested

that their name be withheld. If he/she made no such request, then the disclosure of the name of the party initiating the complaint is allowed. Whether the complaint was filed by a present or past employee, customer, subcontractor, material supplier, or by a person not directly employed around the workplace involved; the answers to these questions may be extremely important to us.

B. REASON FOR INSPECTION

Ask the Compliance Officer the reason for inspection. OSHA has established the following system of inspection priorities:

1. Imminent Danger situations are given top priority.

2. Catastrophes and Fatal Accidents: Investigation of fatalities and accidents

hospitalizing three (3) or more company employees are second priority. OSHA must be notified within eight (8) hours. Investigations are made to determine if OSHA standards were violated and to avoid recurrence of similar accidents.

3. Employee Complaints: Written and signed complaint by current employee. If it is a

complaint, ask for a copy. (Inspections should include only the area of complaint accessed by the most direct route.)

4. Programmed High Hazard Inspections: A special program that targets inspections at

the most dangerous work places.


5. Other Programmed Inspections (also referred to as General Inspection): Randomly chosen low-hazard and non-manufacturing sites.

6. Follow-up Inspections: Re-inspection of earlier inspections to determine whether

previously cited violations have been corrected.

7. Other types of inspections could include: referrals, fax complaints, or focused inspections (very limited).

C. OPENING CONFERENCE

The Opening Conference may begin prior to the arrival of the appropriate Safety Director or other designated representative. You may ask the Compliance Officer for a delay of up to one (1) hour to wait for the appropriate PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. representative to arrive.

Before starting the inspection, the Compliance Officer should explain the nature of the inspection, the general scope, and outline records he/she wants to review and the employees he/she wishes to question. You should request permission to notify the customer, other contractors, and subcontractors that an inspection is underway at the jobsite.

The Compliance Officer may ask questions necessary to obtain information to complete the inspection, such as:

1. Number of Employees 2. Number of Injuries/Illnesses at site

3. Name and address of subcontractor(s) 4. Hazard Communication Program – Safety Data Sheets (SDS) 5. Size of Project – Dollar Amount

6. Length of Project – Completion Date

Be friendly and answer the questions, but only if you know the answers. Do not guess - it may be important later. Do not offer any additional information that is not requested of you.

D. THE INSPECTION

It is appropriate to ask the Inspector to wait until the Company’s designated representative can be notified. The following individuals shall be contacted in the event an OSHA Compliance Officer shows up on a jobsite:

NAME TITLE TELEPHONE NUMBERS

Kevin Gresham

Vice President/Manager

Office: (913) 621-6611 Mobile: (913) 927-3323

Shaun Canon

Safety Director/Field Superintendent

Office: (913) 621-6611 Mobile: (816) 726-4518

Phil Shoemaker, CSP

Safety Consultant

Office: (816) 595-4158 Mobile: (816) 935-6266


If the Compliance Officer is seeking to inspect without probable cause or to make an unreasonable inspection of the jobsite, consider requesting the Compliance Officer to obtain a search warrant in order to enter a jobsite. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will not require a Compliance Officer to obtain a warrant before permitting entry under normal circumstances. Probable cause for an inspection exists if the employer has been selected for an inspection by a neutral process (a programmed inspection), if an accident has occurred, if an employee complaint has been filed, or if a Compliance Officer has witnessed a violation from outside the premises. In all these situations (other than a programmed inspection), probable cause to inspect exists only to the extent and scope required to investigate the accident, complaint or violation at issue and a copy of the inspection prompting paperwork should be provided to the Company. We may resist efforts to expand an inspection beyond the circumstances for which there is probable cause by requesting a search warrant.

E. RIGHTS TO REASONABLE INSPECTION

The OSHA Act guarantees employers the right to a reasonable, orderly and fair inspection. The inspection must be:

1. At a reasonable time.

2. To inspect within reasonable limits.

3. In a reasonable manner.

4. To question a reasonable number of employees if there is not an authorized

representative of employees.

If the investigation involves a complaint, the Compliance Officer may inspect and interview only with respect to matters reasonably related to the complaint. After preliminary investigation, if you believe that a request is unreasonable, you must use careful judgment and good faith in handling the situation. You can discuss the matter with the Compliance Officer and explain why you think his/her request is unreasonable. If he/she insists on the request, then you may either give in or ask the Compliance Officer to wait until top Management can be consulted. If you have strong convictions that the request is unreasonable and unnecessary, you should consult with the appropriate Safety Director or another designated PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. representative identified in this section before proceeding. There will probably be other areas that the Compliance Officer may wish to inspect while management is making a decision.

F. AVOIDANCE OF DISRUPTION

The United States Department of Labor’s regulations direct Compliance Officers to conduct investigations to avoid any undue and unnecessary disruption of the normal operations of the employer. You should inform the Inspector of the day’s schedule and assist him/her in conducting the investigation in a manner least disruptive of work.

G. ACCOMPANY THE OFFICER

This is an employer’s right and a most important one, since in most cases you may be the only spokesperson for the company during the inspection, as well as the eyes and ears of Management for any contest proceeding later.

The Company Representative is to take the OSHA Inspector to the site to be inspected by the most direct route, providing the fewest additional opportunities for unrequested inspections. The OSHA statute gives the Compliance Officer the authority to interview employees, privately if he/she wishes, and to examine machinery or equipment. The


Compliance Officer is also permitted to take photographs, use a video camera, take samples, and to use other reasonable techniques. You should also take pictures, video,

and samples as near to those of the Compliance Officer as possible. If the Compliance

Officer wants to inspect additional areas not discussed during the opening conference, request another opening conference to determine the revised scope of the inspection.

TAKE NOTES: It is imperative that you take as complete a set of notes as possible, identifying areas visited, equipment and material examined, employees interviewed and a written description of each ALLEGED hazard. There is nothing wrong with taking notes during the investigation. On top of all notes you take, handwrite the following: “Confidential Attorney Work Product - Made in Anticipation of Litigation “or use “OSHA Inspection Questionnaire Form Appendix 9-A.”

H. REPRESENTATIVES AUTHORIZED BY EMPLOYEES

The OSHA statute provides the right for an employee representative to accompany the Compliance Officer. This person is often the Project Supervisor, an appointed steward or union safety representative. The statute further provides, in the absence of an authorized employee representative, the Compliance Officer “shall consult with a reasonable number of employees concerning matters of safety and health in the workplace.”

I. CLOSING CONFERENCE

After an Inspector completes the inspection, a closing conference is conducted with the employer representative. The inspector is also to informally advise you of any apparent violation(s). This closing conference is important; do not agree that you violated the act or any standards during the closing conference.

Any admission of violation of the OSHA Act will be noted by the Compliance Officer and can be used against the company at a later date.

If the Compliance Officer believes a violation may have occurred, he/she may tell you that he/she does not know if you will be cited for “such and such” conditions, but will ask how long it will take to correct those same conditions. You’re agreeing to have alleged unsafe condition(s) corrected within a certain time period becomes your abatement period, assuming you receive a citation. All hazards noted should be abated immediately while performing the inspection if possible.

The employer has a say in deciding on an abatement date. The Compliance Officer does not set it alone. The Compliance Officer should ask, “When can you have it corrected?” It is up to the employer to insist on an adequate abatement period. If the condition to be corrected is a very minor one and will not be a problem to correct, and if the employer recognizes that it is an unsafe condition, then agree to an early abatement period (i.e., immediate or one day after receipt of citation). If you question the Inspector’s reasoning and you feel you are, in fact, in compliance or know that a certain amount of time would be necessary to correct the alleged unsafe condition, then deny a violation and insist on a longer abatement date. Remember that the abatement date becomes effective upon receipt of the Safety Order (citation) from OSHA. Even with immediate abatement, the company has one day after the receipt of the citation in which to correct the alleged unsafe condition.

1. Employers generally receive a Safety Order (citation) in approximately (15) to twenty

(20) working days after an inspection, but OSHA has up to six (6) months to issue an employer a citation. It takes this long for an Inspector to write up his/her report, send it in, and have it go through all the administrative channels. If we wait to see what we will be cited on and we agree to an immediate or one-day abatement, then we may not have time to make the correction.


After the inspection process is over and a citation has been issued, make sure you correct cited violations that you decide not to contest. Re-inspections are becoming more prevalent, due to Federal pressures.

2. Items you may want to point out to the Compliance Officer:

a. Review of the Safety Task Analysis. b. Review of Company Safety and Health Procedures Manual requirements. c. Copies of Jobsite Safety meeting minutes. d. Copies of “Weekly Safety Meetings” or other employee training material. e. Copies of “safety warnings to individuals, subs, and trade contractors”. f. Any other material that would help to establish “good faith compliance

efforts.”

3. Written Records:

If the project is cited for alleged violations, make a written report to the Safety Director immediately following the closing conference. This report should provide as much detail as possible. For instance, location of alleged violation; what actually was occurring at the time of inspection relating to the alleged violation; and what sort of investigation techniques or documentation were used by the Inspector.

4. Alleged Violations:

The company will receive by mail a Safety Order (citation) with a cover letter stating posting requirements. If these are sent to the Corporate Office, the Safety Director will see to the compliance of all Safety Order requirements. However, if it is determined after review with all concerned, that the company should contest, the Safety Director will take the correct steps to do so.

If the Safety Order is sent to the jobsite, it should be forwarded to the Safety Director so it may be expedited.

5. Imminent Danger:

If the Compliance Officer concludes that conditions or practices exist that could reasonably be expected to cause death or serious physical harm before the danger can be eliminated, he/she shall inform the employer or a representative of the company and attempt to get the employer to voluntarily abate the danger. When the danger can be immediately abated without great expense or shutting down the job, we should do so immediately. However, the Compliance Officer has no authority to shut down the job without a court order. He/she can often obtain such an order, however, in a matter of a few hours.

6. Serious - Non-serious:

A Safety Order for violation of a standard is either deemed serious or non-serious. If it is non-serious, no penalty is assessed unless ten or more violations were charged. In this event, penalties may be assessed for each non-serious violation. Read the Safety Order carefully. Note especially the date by which alleged violations are to be corrected. If you do not contest a particular violation, it must be corrected by the date so indicated.


7. Contesting Citations:

From the day we receive the Safety Order at the jobsite or office, we have fifteen (15) working days in which to contest. We may contest whether the violation occurred, its gravity (serious or non-serious), the amount of the penalty, the abatement period, or any combination thereof. If fifteen (15) working days elapse and no contest have been filed by us, the Safety Order becomes final and binding. We must then pay any assessed penalties and correct all alleged violations.

8. Informal Hearings:

During the fifteen (15) working day period in which we may contest a Safety Order, we may request an informal hearing. However, this request does not extend the fifteen (15) working day period while seeking judicial review.

J. OUTSIDE PARTIES

If the compliance officer brings another person who is neither a compliance officer, nor an authorized employee representative to participate in the inspection, you should carefully question this person to determine why he/she is present.

The best rule to follow is one of reasonableness and common sense. If the person is an equipment expert, and he/she is otherwise a disinterested party to the investigation, you may choose to let him/her participate. If, on the other hand, you feel the person’s presence will be of questionable value concerning matters of safety and health in the workplace, then you may politely ask the outside party to wait until the Safety Director or another designated company representative can be consulted.

K. OSHA INSPECTION QUESTIONNAIRE

The questionnaire is to be completed immediately following the OSHA Inspector’s departure and returned to the Safety Director. The purpose of the questionnaire is to help our company respond to OSHA’s request and charges, and it is in the employee’s interest to fully complete “OSHA Inspection Questionnaire Form Appendix 12-A”


VEHICLE FLEET SAFETY POLICY SECTION 25

POLICY

Any motor vehicle used to conduct company-related business shall be operated safely in accordance with Department of Transportation (DOT) highway/roadway laws and PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. requirements.

SCOPE

Applies to all PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. drivers using motor vehicles to conduct company business. PURPOSE

To define the procedures for the safe operation of motor vehicles in company-related business activities.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Accident - means an incident involving a motor vehicle that results in injury and/or

property damage.

2. Driver (Class I) - means operators of company owned/leased motor vehicles.

3. Driver (Class II) - means those employees who receive car allowances or regular mileage reimbursement and those employees who can be reasonably expected to rent vehicles on a regular or recurring basis.

4. Motor Vehicle Report - (MVR) means a report obtained from the records of the

relevant state authority that gives the activity of an individual’s driving record. B. REQUIREMENTS

1. Approved Driver Process

Motor Vehicle Reports (MVR’s) will be obtained by:

Liz Smith, Administrative Assistant PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Telephone: (913) 621-6651 Fax: (913) 621-0843 Email: [email protected]

MVR’s will be confidentially maintained and reviewed for any employee required to utilize a motor vehicle to conduct company business upon hire, on an annual basis thereafter, and on a post-accident basis when a driver is deemed to be at-fault.

The employee shall authorize the MVR request on the standard MVR Disclosure & Release form. Altered or incomplete forms will not be accepted. Liz Smith will issue these forms. No employee will be allowed to operate a company vehicle without this form being properly completed and provided back to the Liz Smith.



PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Vehicle Fleet Safety Policy incorporates infractions noted on the MVR and for other events that have been observed and documented over the previous three (3) year period from the date the MVR was run. This procedure has been established for internal use and it is separate and distinct from insurance company procedures.

Each MVR will be evaluated as shown in this section, and retained in the individual's personnel file for a period of 36 months. After 36 months, the MVR will be discarded and removed from the driver's file.

MVR’s will also be obtained and reviewed prior to employment for those individuals seeking positions requiring the driving of either a company or personal vehicle. For those individuals, a deficient driving record due to numerous accidents or traffic violations will make them ineligible to be hired at the discretion of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. management. With their hiring, their record will be checked annually as described in this policy.

The following events will lead immediately to revocation of driving privileges of company vehicles or personal vehicles on company business:

1. Anyone with a Type ‘A’ driving violation in the last three years. 2. Anyone with three (3) or more Type ‘B’ violations or two or more at-fault

accidents in a three (3) year period. 3. Anyone with two moving Type ‘B’ violations or one driving accident in the last

Three (3) year period will be put on warning from a company monitoring standpoint. MVRs will be reviewed more frequently.

TYPE A VIOLATIONS

a. Conviction for driving while intoxicated or impaired; b. Refusal to submit to a Blood Alcohol Content (BAC) substance test; c. Knowingly leaving the scene of an accident as defined by state law; d. Fleeing or evading police or roadblock; e. Resisting arrest; f. Racing/speed contest;

g. Driving with license suspended or revoked; h. Vehicular assault; i. Homicide or manslaughter or using a vehicle in connection with a felony;

j. Careless driving; k. Determined to be uninsurable by PRO ELECTRIC, L.C.,

insurance carrier;

TYPE B VIOLATIONS

a. Speeding; b. Improper lane change;

c. Failure to yield; d. Failure to obey traffic signal or sign accidents; e. Having a license suspended;

Understand that in many instances, revocation of driving privileges will lead to termination.


2. Driver Requirements (Class I and II)

a. All Missouri residents must have a Class E CDL and operate the vehicle in accordance with company regulations and policies, know and observe all applicable traffic laws, ordinances, regulations, and use.

b. Use defensive driving practices at all times. c. Maintain a valid Driver’s License from the state of legal residence, providing

documentation when requested. d. Non-resident state licenses shall only be accepted for the first month of

employment. Thereafter, driving privileges with our company shall be lost, until a resident-state Driver’s License is obtained or, if more restrictive, in accordance with state statute.

e. Failure to inform the company of any current suspension, revocation or court action that nullifies the state driver’s license shall result in the loss of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. driving privileges for an additional 6 months beyond when state driving privileges are restored.

f. Use seat belts and require by all occupants to do likewise in accordance with state laws. If the vehicle is not designed to have seat belts (such as in a bus) this provision does not apply.

g. Do not permit any unauthorized person to drive company owned, leased, or rented vehicles. Loaning a vehicle to an unapproved driver shall result in your driving privileges being suspended or eliminated.

h. The utilization of mobile phones and two-way radios is strictly prohibited while driving. Where it is impractical or unsafe to pull off the road or stop driving to take a call, then a hands-free device shall be used.

i. Texting on a mobile phone, tablet, or any other electronic device while driving is strictly prohibited.

j. Do not pick up hitchhikers. k. Clean off any snow, ice, and dew before operating the vehicle.

l. Do not drive while abilities are impaired by the consumption of drugs or alcohol.

m. Such activities would further be a violation of our company’s Drug and Alcohol Policy.

n. Assume all responsibilities for all fines and applicable handling fees of traffic violations and parking tickets.

o. Operate the vehicle at speeds appropriate for road conditions and posted speed limits.

p. Take at least a ten (10) minute break when traveling at least three (3) hours at a stretch.

q. When leaving the vehicle, do not leave anything of value, such as cell phones, lap top computers, etc. in plain sight.

r. The towing of boats, campers, or non-company authorized trailers is strictly prohibited with a company own, leased or rented vehicle.

3. Additional Driver Requirements (Class I ONLY)

a. Have a copy of the current insurance card and accident report kit in the vehicle.

b. Turn off the ignition, remove the keys, and lock the vehicle and the toolbox (if applicable) when out of sight of the vehicle, even briefly. Make sure all attached equipment, material, and tools are secure before moving.

c. Lights shall be on whenever windshield wipers are being used. d. All drivers shall back in to park at work sites. When parking elsewhere it is

recommended that you park by backing in.


4. Training of Drivers (Class I)

If directed by management, drivers of company vehicles shall complete an approved defensive driving course within six (6) months of being assigned a company vehicle and every five years thereafter.

5. Accident/Incident/Citations Reporting Procedures (Class I)

In the event of a vehicular accident/incident, the employee shall follow this incident protocol:

a. Do not admit guilt.

b. Call local law enforcement. Do not leave the scene until law enforcement has completed their investigation. If the law enforcement does not respond, get all necessary information from everyone involved in the accident, including any witnesses.

c. Obtain a copy of the citation if applicable, or at a minimum law enforcement case number.

d. Complete an Incident /Accident Report contained in the accident report kit.

e. Post-accident drug testing, regardless of fault, will be required per PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Drug-Testing policy.

f. Immediately (or at least within 8-hours) report all work related citations, accidents and incidents to the Liz Smith.

6. Vehicle Inspection (Class I)

Inspect the vehicle daily by checking the tires for proper inflation and or defects, looking for fluid leaks and other operational problems with lights, windows, and brakes. Deficiencies shall be reported immediately to your Supervisor.

7. Commercial Driver’s License (CDL) Required Vehicles

Driver Qualification Files following the Federal Motor Carrier Regulations shall be maintained on all drivers with their CDL. A file will be maintained on each driver operating a vehicle in excess of 26,000 pounds. GVW engaged in interstate commerce and/or drivers of vehicles in intrastate commerce if the registered gross weight of the vehicle or combination of vehicles exceeds 26,000 pounds. The Controller will maintain the following records:

a. Application Form (FMCSR Part 391.21) b. Inquiry To Previous Employers – Three (3) years (FMCSR Part 391.23) c. Motor Vehicle Records (MVR) Check – Three (3) years (FMCSR Part 391.23) d. Motor Vehicle Records (MVR) annually (FMCSA Part 391.25)

e. Annual Driver's Certificate of Violations (FMCSR Part 391.27) f. Annual Review of Driving Record (FMCSR Part 391.25)

g. Driver's Road Test and Certificate or Equivalent (FMCSR Part 391.31) (FMCSR Part 391.33)

h. Medical Examiner's Certificate (FMCSR Part 391.43) i. Alcohol and Controlled Substances Testing Information and Results (FMCSR

Part 382 & Part 40)


ASBESTOS POLICY SECTION 26

POLICY

This policy provides requirements for work practices, procedures and protective equipment used during any work with or around all asbestos containing materials (ACM) or presumed asbestos containing materials (PACM). PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. is not licensed for, nor does it perform work with asbestos containing products. All asbestos sampling, abatement, and cleanup shall be completed by a licensed asbestos abatement company prior to PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. beginning work on a project.

When a subcontractor is involved, the Safety Director and the PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employee in charge of the project will assure that the subcontractor has met the requirements of the “Asbestos Subcontractor Pre-Project Checklist – Appendix 11-A” before work is begun. This must be done for each project.

A. DANGERS OF ASBESTOS AND PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS

1. Inhaling air containing asbestos fibers has been shown to cause cancer and lung disease

in humans. The risk of developing lung cancer is higher for cigarette smokers who are exposed to asbestos. Asbestos is found in some types of insulation, siding/roofing materials, such as masinite and transite, floor tiles, automotive brakes and clutches and within valve pump packing and gaskets. Asbestos becomes hazardous when it is friable (crushable by hand pressure) and becomes airborne. While the risk employed with exposure to lower levels of airborne asbestos is not clear, it is prudent to keep airborne fiber levels as low as possible. The “Asbestos Containing Materials List” located in this policy includes a listing of materials commonly found in buildings that contains asbestos for your reference.

2. Air Concentration Limits (Fibers /cubic centimeter of air or f/cc)

a. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) - 0.05 f/cc for an eight (8) hour average b. Excursion Limit (EL) -1.0 f/cc for a 30 minute average

B. RESPONSIBILITIES

The Safety Director and PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employee in charge of the project are responsible for:

1. Notifying the Safety Director of damaged and deteriorated asbestos containing material needing

remediation or repair.

2. Controlling incidental mechanical work to prevent the disturbance of asbestos insulation.

3. Informing other on-site employers of asbestos work requiring the establishment of a regulated area.

4. Assigning only contract personnel who have received medical surveillance, respirator fit -testing, adequate training certification to jobs requiring asbestos material handling.

5. Applying labels to all asbestos products and to all containers that hold these products, including waste

containers. C. REGULATED AREA

1. Regulated areas must be established whenever the concentrations of asbestos exceed the

PEL. Only authorized personnel may enter regulated areas. Employees shall abide by warning signs and labels and not disturb asbestos containing material (ACM).


2. All persons entering a regulated area must be supplied with a respirator and meet the conditions of OSHA’s Respiratory Protection Standard 29 CFR 1910.134.

3. Warning signs must be posted at all approaches to regulated areas. This signs must

include the following information:

DANGER ASBESTOS

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA

4. Warning labels must be affixed to all asbestos products and containers, including waste containers. The label must include the following information:

DANGER ASBESTOS

CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST

CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD

5. Whenever feasible, negative –pressure enclosures shall be established before beginning asbestos removal, demolition, and renovation.

6. In the event of employees working immediately adjacent to Class 1 asbestos jobs are

exposed to asbestos due to the inadequate containment of such a regulated are, employees will be removed from the area until the enclosure breach is repaired or an initial exposure assessment is performed.

D. EMPLOYEE EXPOSURE

1. There are to be no visible emissions (visually detectable without the aid of instruments) to

the outside air from regulated asbestos-containing materials.

2. Contact the Safety Director of the host facility or plant if you come into any material you reasonably believe to contain asbestos. On nights and weekends, notify the Safety Director directly.

3. In the event of accidental exposure to asbestos fibers, the following steps should be taken

to ensure employees are properly decontaminated. Every effort should be made to isolate the asbestos contamination. For the exposed worker(s), immediately:

a. Have the worker remain at the worksite. b. A disposable type coverall should be put on over the contaminated clothing. If a

high efficiency particulate filtered vacuum (HEPA vac) is available, use this to first remove all visible debris.


c. Have the worker wash hands and face or at least wipe with wet cloth if it can be done at worksite.

d. Transport the worker to an asbestos decontamination facility. The worker should be transported in a matter that will not spread contamination, e.g., back of pick -up with camper shell.

e. If the asbestos content of the material is not known, a sample must be collected and sent to a laboratory for analysis.

f. The "contaminated" employee's company representative must remain on-site during the decontamination process.

g. The asbestos abatement company will document the completion of the decontamination on a sign in/sign out log.

h. Contaminated employee(s) will be issued clean clothing. j. Depending on the situation, the contaminated employee(s) clothes and effects will be

decontaminated, disposed of and/or stored.

E. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

1. Respirators

a. If the task requires respiratory protection, at a minimum, cartridge respirators (not dust masks) with HEPA filters must be worn.

b. An evaluation of expected airborne asbestos concentrations must be performed by a competent person to assure that workers wear the proper respiratory protection.

2. Protective Clothing

a. Asbestos abatement workers are required to use whole body impermeable disposable

clothing, head coverings, gloves and foot coverings. Any employee exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos above the PEL's or performing a job for which a required negative exposure assessment is not produced, must also use the protective clothing noted above. All personnel who enter a regulated area must use PPE required for abatement workers in the area.

b. Asbestos abatement workers must use white disposable coveralls while working with ACM. Tape should be used to seal gloves to wrist and rubber boots to pant legs.

F. TRAINING

1. Training for employees performing Class IV operations shall be equivalent to the two-hour

asbestos awareness-training course for all employees who work in buildings containing ACM/PACM.

2. Training Records








JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS PROGRAM SECTION 27

POLICY

This policy identifies the method of Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) and Pre-Task Analysis (PTA) that are required for each work operation by PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. and each subcontractor. The JHA and PTA will be completed in accordance to this program to identify probable hazards which could cause injury and/or property damage.

SCOPE

Certain types of work are non-routine or are considered high hazard type. These call for additional planning to ensure safety. The task, potential hazards, and protective measures must be to identify specific job site hazards before beginning construction to ensure that proper and safe practices are implemented in t the construction phase of their job.

A. DEFINITION

1. Job Hazard Analysis – The process of breaking down into its component parts any

construction method or procedure to determine the hazards connected with it. The requirements or qualifications of those who are to perform the work: identify hazards associated with each step or task: and to implement adequate solutions to eliminate, nullify, or reduce to a minimum the consequences of such hazard.

B. RESPONSIBLITIES

1. The Safety Director is responsible for the implementation of this program.

2. The effected employee is responsible for completing a “Job Hazard Analysis (JHA)

Form Appendix 18-A” and “Pre-Task Analysis (PTA) Form Appendix 17-A” in accordance to this program

C. JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS (JHA)

A Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) shall be completed prior to the start of each phase or major type of work and includes the following:

1. Potential safety and health hazards.

2. Description of steps to be performed.

3. Hazards Associated with each step.

4. Hazard control methods to eliminate or control the hazard.

5. Contingency plan.

6. Complete “Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) Form Appendix 18-A” and supervision

sign off. D. PRE-TASK ANALYSIS (PTA)

A Pre-Task Analysis (PTA) shall take place at the start of each work shift. Subcontractor’s supervisors should meet with their crews to discuss the tasks to be accomplished and steps that need to take place to perform work safely.


All workers should review and sign the PTA for their assigned work. The main components of the PTA includes the following:

1 Evaluate the work area for safety and health hazards.

2. Potential Hazard Checklist.

3. Description of Steps to be performed.

4. Hazards Associated with each step.

5. Required actions to eliminate or control the hazards.

6. Complete “Pre-Task Analysis (PTA) Form Appendix 17-A” and crew sign off.

E. POSTING AND FILING

1. Copies of the JHA and PTA will be retained by the Project Foreman in the job file. JHA and PTA will become a permanent record in the job file.

2. Subcontractor supervisors are responsible for submitting JHA to the Project Forman

prior to the start of the job.

3. Subcontractor supervisors are required to submit PTA to the Project Foreman on a daily basis.

F. TRAINING

1. Personnel involved with the operation will be instructed as to the hazards involved and methods required eliminating the hazards.

2. Personnel will be made aware of the procedures to be used and requirements of the

JHA and PTA.

3. Training Records







SUBCONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT PROGRAM SECTION 28

POLICY

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. may at the company’s discretion, use third party subcontractors to complete our contractual requirements. As a result subcontractors are required contractually to perform at the same level as PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. in terms of safety and health performance, policy and procedures.

SCOPE

This policy applies to all third party subcontractors to PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. IMPLEMENTION

1. Subcontractors are pre-qualified by reviewing their safety programs, safety training, documents and safety statistics. A “Subcontractor Safety Inquiry Form Appendix 15-A” shall be completed to document this review. In reviewing safety statistics the following metrics will be reviewed including the current year trends and past record metrics for the previous three years. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will request the following safety statistics:

a. Recordable Incident Rate (RIR) b. Experience Modification Factor (EMR)

c. Days Away Recordable Incidents (DART) d. Fatality Rate

2. Subcontractors will be included in pre-job meetings, kick-off meetings, safety orientations

and jobsite progress meetings as necessary or required. 3. The subcontractor shall also participate in meetings such as tailgate safety meetings, job

hazard analysis or hazard assessments and on the job safety inspections. 4. The subcontractor is required to furnish a properly trained, competent and/or qualified

employee such as a project foreman. The foreman shall be designated and responsible for all onsite safety activities.

5. At the completion of the subcontract, PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. may perform a post job safety

performance review. This review will be considered when awarding future work with the company.


POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS PROGRAM SECTION 29

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. that any employee who operates a powered industrial truck to be appropriately trained and perform equipment inspections at the beginning of each shift. Any powered industrial truck found not in safe working condition, shall be tagged and taken out of service until repaired.

SCOPE

This program applies to all powered industrial trucks or mobile equipment that is used to push, pull, lift, carry, stack or tier material, which are available for use or used by Metro Asphalt employees. All operators shall have responsibility for complying with federal regulations when operating company equipment and carry a card certifying completion of regulated training.

A. PROCEDURES

1. Only trained and certified personnel over eighteen (18) years of age shall be allowed

to operate powered industrial trucks.

2. All powered industrial trucks will be equipped with a headache rack, fire extinguisher, rotating beacon, back-up alarm and seat belt. Seat belts shall be worn at all times by the operator.

3. The operator shall perform daily pre- and post-trip inspections. A “Powered

Industrial Truck Inspection Form Appendix 13-A” shall be completed and signed off by the operator for each inspection.

4. Any safety defects (such as hydraulic leaks, defective brakes, steering, lights, or

horn; and/or missing fire extinguisher, lights, seat belt, or back-up alarm) will be reported for immediate repair or have the powered industrial truck removed from service.

5. Operators shall follow the proper recharging or refueling safety procedures.

6. Loads shall be tilted back and carried no more than 6 inches from the ground. Loads

that restrict the operator’s vision will be transported backwards.

7. Powered industrial trucks will travel no faster that 5 mph or faster than a normal walk.

8. Hard hats shall be worn by powered industrial truck operators in high lift areas.

9. Operators shall sound horns and use extreme caution when meeting pedestrians, making turns or cornering.

10. Passengers may not ride on any portion of a powered industrial truck. Only the

operator shall ride powered industrial trucks.

11. If powered industrial trucks are used as a man lift, an appropriate man lift platform (cage with standard rails and toe-boards) will be used.

12. Aisles will be maintained free from obstructions, marked and wide enough, six (6)

foot minimum for vehicle operation.


13. Lift capacity will be marked on all powered industrial trucks. Operators shall assure loads do not exceed rated weight limits.

14. When unattended, powered industrial trucks shall have the controls set to neutral,

forks lowered to the ground, the parking brake applied and shall be turned off.

15. All powered industrial trucks (with the exception of pallet jacks) will be equipped with a multi-purpose dry chemical fire extinguisher, which has a minimum rating of 2A: 10B:C.

16. Operators shall report all accidents, regardless of fault and severity, to the project

foreman. An accident investigation will then be conducted.

17. When loading rail cars and trailers, dock plates will be used. Operators will assure dock plates are in good condition and will store on edge when not in use.

18. Rail cars and trailers will be parked squarely to the loading area and have wheels

chocked in place. Operators shall follow established Docking/Undocking procedures. B. OPERATIONS

1. If at any time, a powered industrial truck is found to be in need of repair, defective, or

in any way unsafe, the truck shall be taken out of service until it has been restored to safe operating condition.

2. Trucks shall not be driven up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed

object.

3. No person shall be allowed to stand or pass under the elevated portion of any truck, whether loaded or empty.

4. Unauthorized personnel shall not operate or ride on powered industrial trucks.

5. Arms or legs shall not be placed between the uprights of the mast or outside the

running lines of the truck.

6. Wheels shall be chocked or blocked when parking the powered industrial truck on an incline.

7. A safe distance shall be maintained from the edge of ramps or platforms while on

any elevated dock, platform or rail car. Trucks shall not be used for opening or closing freight doors.

8. There shall be sufficient headroom under overhead installations, lights, pipes,

sprinkler systems, etc.

9. An overhead guard shall be used as protection from overhead falling objects. It should be noted that an overhead guard is intended to offer protection from the impact of small packages, boxes, bagged material, etc., representative of the job application, but not to withstand the impact of a falling capacity load.

10. A load backrest extension shall be used whenever necessary to minimize the

possibility of the load or part of it from falling rearward.

11. Trucks shall not be parked so as to block fire aisles, access to stairways, or fire equipment.


C. TRAVELING

1. All traffic regulations shall be observed, including authorized speed limits. A safe distance shall be maintained approximately three truck lengths from the truck ahead, and the truck shall be kept under control at all times.

2. The right of way shall be yielded to ambulances, fire trucks, or other vehicles in

emergency situations.

3. Other trucks traveling in the same direction at intersections, blind spots, or other dangerous locations shall not be passed.

4. The operator shall be required to slow down and sound the horn at cross aisles and

other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs forward view, the driver shall be required to travel with the load trailing.

5. Railroad tracks shall be crossed diagonally wherever possible. Parking closer than 8

feet from the center of tracks is prohibited.

6. The driver shall be required to look in the direction of, and keep a clear view of the path of travel.

7. Grades shall be ascended or descended slowly. When ascending or descending

grades in excess of ten (10) percent, loaded trucks shall be driven with the load upgrade. On all grades the load and load engaging means shall be tilted back if applicable, and raised only as far as necessary to clear the road surface.

8. Under all travel conditions the truck shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to

be brought to a stop in a safe manner.

9. Stunt driving and horseplay shall not be permitted.

10. The operator shall be required to slow down for wet and slippery floors.

11. Running over loose objects on the roadway surface shall be avoided.

12. When negotiating turns, speed shall be reduced to a safe level by means of turning the hand steering wheel in a smooth, sweeping motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, the hand steering wheel shall be turned at a moderate, even rate.

D. LOADING

1. Only stable or safely arranged loads shall be handled. Caution shall be exercised

when handling off-center loads that cannot be centered.

2. Only loads within the rated capacity of the truck shall be handled.

3. Any long or high (including multiple-tiered) loads that may affect capacity shall be adjusted.

4. Trucks equipped with attachments shall be operated as partially loaded trucks when

not handling a load.

5. A load engaging means shall be placed under the load as far as possible; the mast shall be carefully tilted backward to stabilize the load.


6. Extreme care shall be used when tilting the load forward or backward, particularly when high tiering. Tilting forward with the load engaging means elevated shall be prohibited except to pick up a load. An elevated load shall not be tilted forward except when the load is in a deposit position over a rack or stack. When stacking or tiering, only enough backward tilt to stabilize the load shall be used.

E. FUELING SAFETY

1. No Smoking.

2. Fuel tanks shall not be filled while the engine is running. Spillage shall be avoided.

3. Spillage of oil or fuel shall be carefully washed away or completely evaporated and

the fuel tank cap replaced before starting the engine.

4. No truck shall be operated with a leak in the fuel system until the leak has been corrected.

5. Open flames shall not be used for checking electrolyte levels in storage batteries or

gasoline levels in fuel tanks. F. MAINTENANCE OF POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS

1. Any powered industrial truck not in safe operating condition shall be removed from

service. All repairs shall be made by authorized personnel.

2. Those repairs to the fuel and ignition systems of industrial trucks, which involve fire hazards, shall be conducted only in locations designated for such repairs.

3. Trucks in need of repairs to the electrical system shall have the battery disconnected

prior to such repairs.

4. All parts of any such industrial truck requiring replacement shall be replaced only by parts equivalent as to safety with those used in the original design.

5. Industrial trucks shall not be altered so that the relative positions of the various parts

are different from what they were when originally received from the manufacturer, nor shall they be altered either by addition of extra parts not provided by the manufacturer or by the elimination of any parts. Additional counter-weighting of fork trucks shall not be done unless approved by the truck manufacturer.

6. Industrial trucks shall be examined daily before being placed in service, and shall not

be placed in service if the examination shows and condition affecting the safety of the vehicle. A “Powered Industrial Truck Inspection Form Appendix 13-A” shall be completed and signed off by the operator before the start of work. Where powered industrial trucks are used on a round-the-clock basis, they shall be examined prior to each shift. Defects when found shall be immediately reported and corrected.

7. When the temperature of any truck part is found to be in excess of its normal

operating temperature, thus creating a hazardous condition, the vehicle shall be removed from service until the cause for such overheating has been eliminated.


8. Industrial trucks shall be kept in a clean condition, free of lint, excess oil, and grease. Non-combustible agents should not be used for cleaning trucks. Low flash point

(below 100 degrees f.) solvents shall not be used. High flash point (at or above 100 degrees f.) solvents may be used.

G. SAFE OPERATION PROCEDURE FOR CHARGING LPG TANKS

1. No Smoking.

2. Move LPG powered industrial truck outside for refueling.

3. Turn off the powered industrial truck.

4. LPG Tanks will be removed in the following order:

a. Shut off the service valve b. Disconnect tank from hose c. Unbuckle and remove tank from bracket

5. LPG Tanks will be replaced in the following order:

a. Place tank in bracket and re-buckle b. Reconnect hose to tank and firmly tighten c. Open valve slowly and assure proper seal

H. IN CASE OF LPG LEAKS OR TANK RUPTURE

1. Do not start the powered industrial truck.

2. If the fuel hose is leaking, close the valve immediately and place the industrial truck

out of service until properly repaired.

3. If tank ruptures, immediately leave the area (at least 50 feet) and notify the project foreman. Do not re-enter the area until cleared by the project foreman.

I. TRAINING

1. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will provide training to each exposed employee on the safe use of powered industrial trucks and how to safely perform their job duties.

2. Refresher Training

Refresher training, including an evaluation of the effectiveness of that training, shall be conducted to ensure that the operator has the knowledge and skills needed to operate the powered industrial truck safely. Refresher training in relevant topics shall be provided to the operator when:

a. The operator has been observed to operate the vehicle in an unsafe manner.

b. The operator has been involved in an accident or near-miss incident.

c. The operator has received an evaluation that reveals that the operator is not operating the truck safely.

d. The operator is assigned to drive a different type of truck.

e. A condition in the workplace changes in a manner that could affect safe operation of the truck.


3. Each operator's performance must be evaluated at least once every three (3) years.

4. Training Records


i. Name of the employee(s) trained. Ii






SILICA EXPOSURE CONTROL PROGRAM SECTION 30

POLICY

The purpose of this policy is to protect PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employees, subcontractors, suppliers and worksite visitors from safety and health hazards associated with respirable crystalline silica exposure.

SCOPE

This section applies to all occupational exposures to respirable crystalline silica in construction work, except where employee exposure will remain below 25 micrograms per cubic meter of air (25 µg/m3) as an eight (8) hour time weighted average (TWA) under any foreseeable conditions.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Action Level – a concentration of airborne respirable crystalline silica of 25 g/m3,

calculated as an eight (8) hour TWA.

2. Air Monitoring Data - the measurements taken to assess employee exposure to respirable crystalline silica.

3. Competent Person – an individual who is capable of identifying existing and

foreseeable respirable crystalline silica hazards in the workplace and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate or minimize them. The competent person must have the knowledge and ability necessary to fulfill the responsibilities set forth in standard.

4. Employee Exposure – the exposure to airborne respirable crystalline silica that

would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

5. Exposure Assessment – The initial determination to find if any employee may be exposed to respirable crystalline silica at or above the permissible exposure level. Until the assessment is completed, employees will take all precautions necessary to maintain exposures below the permissible exposure limit (PEL).

6. High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) Filter – a filter that is at least 99% or

greater efficiency in removing mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter. Dust collectors such as a shroud shall use a high efficiency filter and a filter cleaning mechanism while vacuums shall use a HEPA filter with 99.97% efficiency when cleaning up the work area.

7. Objective Data – information, such as air monitoring data from industry-wide surveys

or calculations based on the composition of a substance, demonstrating employee exposure to respirable crystalline silica associated with a particular product or material or a specific process, task, or activity. The data must reflect workplace conditions closely resembling or with a higher exposure potential than the processes, types of material, control methods, work practices, and environmental conditions in the employer's current operations.

8. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) – The employer will ensure that no employee is

exposed to an airborne concentration of respirable crystalline silica in excess of 50 g/m3, calculated as an 8-hour TWA.


9. Physician or Other Licensed Health Care Professional (PLHCP) – an individual whose -legally permitted scope of practice (i.e., license, registration, or certification) allows him or her to independently provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide some or all the particular health care services required by this standard.

10. Respirable Crystalline Silica – means quartz, cristobalite, and/or tridymite

contained in airborne particles that are determined to be respirable by a sampling device designed to meet the characteristics for respirable-particle-size-selective samplers specified in the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 7708:1995: Air Quality – Particle Size Fraction Definitions for Health-Related Sampling.

11. Silica Containing Material – Any material, which has the potential to contain silica at

levels, which may pose a hazard to employees when the material is manipulated to create airborne particles.

12. Silicosis – A lung disease caused by inhalation of respirable crystalline silica dust.

Silica dust can cause fluid buildup and scar tissue in the lungs that cuts down the ability for the lungs to fully function. The disease is not curable, but can be prevented through the use of proactive systems.

13. Specialist – an American Board Certified Specialist in Pulmonary Disease or an

American Board Certified Specialist in Occupational Medicine. B. RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Safety Director/Field Superintendent is responsible for all facets of this program and has full authority to make necessary decisions to ensure success of the program and is the person authorized to amend these instructions. The Safety Director/Field Superintendent is also responsible for ensuring the following program elements are implemented and maintained:

a. Ensure Written Silica Exposure Control Plan is current and details

compliance requirements and acceptable industry practices through regular program reviews.

b. Implement appropriate silica exposure monitoring program or ensure Table 1 of the OSHA Respirable Crystalline Silica Standard, 29 CFR 1926.1153 is applied.

c. Ensure job/task/ Written Silica Exposure Control Plans are developed and implemented appropriately (ex. through inspections/verification visits).

d. Review equipment and related technology advancements for consideration of implementation into current work practices (ex. Dust collection/suppression, vacuums, etc.)

e. Ensure medical surveillance procedures are implemented and properly maintained.

f. Ensure employee training/education related to silica, silica exposure and the requirements of this program are communicated effectively.

g. Ensure job/site/task Specific Written Silica Exposure Control Plans are Effectively communicated to employees.

h. Recordkeeping-maintain appropriate documentation related to this program (monitoring reports, training records, medical surveillance, inspections, etc.)

i. Ensure competent persons responsible for implementation of this program make frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, materials, equipment and processes to implement the Written Silica Exposure Control Plan.


2. Project Managers/Foreman are responsible for silica exposure prevention on their job including:

a. Ensure workers are trained in accordance with this document and the

requirements for prevention of silica exposure. b. Obtain a copy of silica exposure control plan(s) from subcontractor

employers. c. Select/implement/direct/document the appropriate control measures for their

respective job site.

d. Providing adequate instruction to workers on the hazards of working with silica-containing materials (ex: concrete) and on the precautions specified in the job-specific plan covering hazards at the location.

e. Ensure that workers are using the proper respirators and have been fit-tested with documented results.

3. Competent Person(s) will be responsible for ensuring the requirements of this

program are in effect on their respective jobs. Competent person responsibilities include:

a. Identification of any known and/or anticipated respirable silica hazard related

to a job or task. b. Ensure the Written Silica Exposure Control Plan has been created,

communicated to all site personnel, and implemented effectively. c. Conduct frequent inspections of the job sites, materials, equipment and

processes and having the authority to initiate prompt corrective actions when necessary.

4. Workers/Employees are responsible for compliance with the silica exposure control

plan. Specific responsibilities include:

a. Attending required orientation/training sessions that review silica producing tasks and associated hazards.

b. Using and maintaining assigned PPE for prevention of silica exposure. c. Performing tasks/operations following the silica exposure prevention plan. d. Becoming familiarized with conditions or procedures that could potentially

expose workers to silica. e. Notify site supervision if the work in which they are involved has not been

properly evaluated for silica dust exposure or believe they have been exposed to silica dust.

5. Subcontractor Companies are expected to comply with the requirements of this

program. Subcontractors who provide services/perform operations that generate airborne silica dust are required to provide PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. with their silica exposure control plan and Silica Competent Person training records prior to the commencement of work.

C. ENFORCEMENT

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure compliance with this program is maintained through frequent site evaluations and/or audits. Questions regarding requirements or compliance should be directed to the Safety Director/Field Superintendent. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. reserves the right to remove any subcontractor/supplier/worker from the site for noncompliance with this program.


D. HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND RISK IDENTIFICATION

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. has completed an evaluation of project tasks and related materials that may expose a worker to respirable silica. The tasks and materials are identified below. This list identifies the most common tasks/materials used by PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. and should not be considered all inclusive.

TASK

Cutting/Sawing

MATERIALS

Brick/Masonry Drilling Demolition Grinding Cutting/Drilling

Concrete Cement Grout Drywall

E.

WRITTEN SILICA EXPOSURE PLAN

1. The Competent Person for each job site will conduct a silica exposure hazard assessment and generate a “Written Silica Exposure Control Plan Appendix 20- A” prior to the commencement of work.

2. The Written Silica Exposure Control Plan will be reviewed with all employees prior to

starting their work. Employees are required to follow the requirements of the Written Exposure Control Plan.

3. The Written Silica Exposure Control Plan will include the following:

a. A description of the tasks in the workplace that involve exposure to respirable

crystalline silica; b. A description of the engineering controls, work practices, and respiratory

protection used to limit employee exposure to respirable crystalline silica for each task;

c. A description of the housekeeping measures used to limit employee exposure to respirable crystalline silica; and

d. A description of the procedures used to restrict access to work areas, when necessary, to minimize the number of employees exposed to respirable crystalline silica and their level of exposure, including exposures generated by other employers.

4. The competent person will make frequent and regular inspections of job sites, materials, and equipment to ensure implementation and compliance with the Written Silica Exposure Control Plan.

5. The Written Silica Exposure Control Plan will be updated as needed (change in

processes/tasks/controls/tools).

6. The Written Silica Exposure Control Plan will be reviewed at least annually to evaluate the effectiveness of the program and update it as necessary.

7. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will make the Written Silica Exposure Control Plan readily

available for examination and copying, upon request, to each employee covered by this section, their designated representatives.

F. MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE PROGRAM

A medical surveillance program shall be offered for employees who are exposed to respirable silica dust and required to wear a respirator at any time during a workday for


thirty (30) or more days per calendar year. The medical surveillance program shall be offered using appropriate, local medical providers, during work hours, and at no cost to the employee.

The medical surveillance program includes the following:

1. Pre-employment and pre-placement medical examinations – An initial (baseline)

medical exam within thirty (30) days after initial assignment shall be offered, unless the employee has received a previous medical examination that meets the requirements of this surveillance program within the last three (3) years.

The initial examination will consist of:

a. A medical and work history with emphasis on past, present, and anticipated exposure to respirable crystalline silica, dust, and other agents affecting the respiratory system;

b. Any history of respiratory system dysfunction, including signs and symptoms of respiratory disease (e.g., shortness of breath, cough, wheezing); history of tuberculosis; and smoking status and history;

c. An examination with special emphasis on the respiratory system; d. A chest X-ray (a single posteroanterior radiographic projection or

radiograph of the chest at full inspiration recorded on either film (no less than 14 x 17 inches and no more than 16 x 17 inches) or digital radiography systems), interpreted and classified according to the International Labor Office (ILO) International Classification of Radiographs of Pneumoconiosis by a NIOSH-certified B Reader;

e. A pulmonary function test to include forced vital capacity (FVC) and

forced expiratory volume in one second (FEV1) and FEV1/FVC ratio, administered by a spirometry technician with a current certificate from a NIOSH-approved spirometry course;

f. Testing for latent tuberculosis infection;

g. Any other tests deemed appropriate by the physician or health care provider.

h. Appendix B

2. Periodic medical examinations – Physical examinations with special emphasis on the respiratory system, meeting the requirements of this medical surveillance program shall be offered at least every three years, or more frequently if recommended by a physician or other licensed health care professional.

3. Information provided to the physician – PRO ELECTRIC, L.C will ensure that the

examining physician or licensed health care provider has a copy of this standard as well as the following information:

a. A description of the employee’s former, current, and anticipated duties as

they relate to the employee’s occupational exposure to respirable crystalline silica;

b. The employee’s former, current, and anticipated levels of occupational

exposure to respirable crystalline silica; c. A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used by the

employee, including when and for how long the employee has used or will use that equipment; and

d. Information from records of employment-related medical examinations previously provided to the employee and currently within the control of the company.


4. Medical reports – PRO ELECTRIC, L.C will ensure that the PLHCP explains to the employee the results of the medical examination and provides each employee with a written medical report within thirty (30) days of each medical examination performed.

The written report will contain:

a. A statement indicating the results of the medical examination, including any

medical condition(s) that would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to respirable crystalline silica and any medical conditions that require further evaluation or treatment;

b. Any recommended limitations on the employee’s use of respirators;

c. Any recommended limitations on the employee’s exposure to respirable crystalline silica; and

d. A statement that the employee should be examined by a specialist if the chest X-ray provided in accordance with this section is classified as 1/0 or higher by the B Reader, or if referral to a specialist is otherwise deemed

appropriate by the PLHCP.

5. Physician or Licensed Health Care Professional’s Medical Opinion for Employer – PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will obtain a written medical opinion from the PLHCP within thirty (30) days of the medical examination.

The written opinion will contain only the following:

a. The date of the examination; b. A statement that the examination has met the requirements of the silica

standard; c. Any recommended limitations on the employee’s use of respirators.

If the employee provides written authorization, the written opinion will also contain either or both of the following:

a. Any recommended limitations on the employee’s exposure to respirable

crystalline silica; b. A statement that the employee should be examined by a specialist if the

chest X-ray provided in accordance with this section is classified as 1/0 or higher by the B Reader, or if referral to a specialist is otherwise deemed appropriate by the PLHCP.

6. Additional examinations/follow up examinations with specialists – If the

PLHCP’s written medical opinion indicates that an employee should be examined by a specialist, PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will make available a medical examination by a specialist within thirty (30) days after receiving the PLHCP’s written opinion.

a. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure that the examining specialist is provided

with the same information provided for the employee’s initial examination; b. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure that the specialist explains to the employee

the results of the medical examination and provides each employee with a written medical report within thirty (30) days of the examination.

The written report will meet the requirements of the standard and contain:

i. A statement indicating the results of the medical examination,

including any medical condition(s) that would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to


respirable crystalline silica and any medical conditions that require further evaluation or treatment;

ii. Any recommended limitations on the employee’s use of respirators; iii. Any recommended limitations on the employee’s exposure to

respirable crystalline silica.

7. Specialist Physician’s Medical Opinion for Employer – PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will obtain a written medical opinion from the PLHCP within thirty (30) days of the medical examination.

The written opinion will contain only the following:

a. The date of the examination, b. A statement that the examination has met the requirements of the silica

standard, c. Any recommended limitations on the employee’s use of respirators.

G. COMMUNICATION OF RESPIRABLE CRYSTALLINE SILICA HAZARDS TO EMPLOYEES

1. HAZARD COMMUNICATION

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure that each employee has access to labels on containers of crystalline silica and safety data sheets (SDS), and is trained in accordance with the provisions of (Hazard Communication Program Section 6) and the training requirements outlined in this program.

2. DESCRIPTION OF SILICA

Silica is a one of several chemicals included in the larger classification of silicon dioxide (SiO2). Silicon dioxide is a chemical compound that includes crystalline silica (sand, quartz), amorphous silica (non-crystalline), and silicates (aluminum silicate). Crystalline silica is the basic component of sand, quartz, and granite rock. This form of silica is obtained from the earth’s crust through mining. Crystalline silica can be processed into other materials including silica flour. Silica flouris produced through the milling of crystalline silica into a fine powder. Crystalline silica is present in several forms, including quartz, tridymite, and cristobalite.

3. SILICA RELATED HEALTH HAZARDS

Exposure to respirable crystalline silica can occur in a variety of industries and occupations, including construction, sandblasting, and mining. Silicosis, an irreversible but preventable disease, is the illness most closely associated with occupational exposure to the material, which also is known as silica dust. Occupational exposures to respirable crystalline silica are associated with the development of silicosis, lung cancer, pulmonary tuberculosis, and airways diseases. These exposures may also be related to the development of autoimmune disorders, chronic renal disease, and other adverse health effects. Onset of silicosis can be faster and the severity of disease worse in the setting of high level exposures, which can cause accelerated or acute silicosis.

a. Chronic silicosis – Most common form, can possible occur after 15–20 years

of moderate to low exposures to respirable crystalline silica. Symptoms associated with chronic silicosis may or may not be obvious; therefore, workers need to have a chest x-ray to determine if there is lung damage. As the disease progresses, the worker may experience shortness of breath upon exercising and have clinical signs of poor oxygen/carbon dioxide exchange.

http://wwwdev.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/pneumoconioses/


In the later stages, the worker may experience fatigue, extreme shortness of breath, chest pain, or respiratory failure.

b. Accelerated silicosis – Can possilble occur 5-10 years after initial exposure to high concentrations of respirable crystalline silica. Symptoms include severe shortness of breath, weakness, and weight loss. The onset of symptoms takes longer than in acute silicosis.

c. Acute silicosis – Quickly develops after a few months or as long as two (2)

years following exposures to extremely high concentrations of respirable crystalline silica. Symptoms of acute silicosis include severe disabling shortness of breath, weakness, and weight loss, which often leads to death.

4. PERSONAL HYGIENE

a. Use appropriate PPE provided for prevention of exposure to respirable

crystalline silica-do not alter. b. Employee shall not have facial hair in a manner that will prevent a good seal

between the respirator and face. c. Do not eat, drink, smoke, or apply cosmetics in areas where crystalline silica

dust is present. d. Wash your hands and face outside of dusty areas before eating/drinking.

H. COMPLIANCE OPTIONS

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will evaluate each task/job process and determine the appropriate compliance approach to prevent employee exposure to respirable crystalline silica.

1. TABLE 1 – Lists of tasks and equipment control measures OSHA deems necessary

to lower airborne respirable crystalline silica to acceptable levels. Full implementation of Table 1 will remove the requirement of performing air monitoring for those tasks.

2. Compliance with Table 1 requires fully and proper implementation of the specific

control measures identified in the table including:

a. Providing a means of exhaust for task performed indoors/enclosed areas. b. Applying water suppression minimize airborne dust. c. Utilizing closed cab equipment ensuring they are:

i. Free from settled dust ii. All seals work properly iii. Continuous delivery of fresh air circulated through 95% efficient filter iv. Heating and cooling systems.

d. Ensuring employees performing multiple tasks on Table 1 are given proper respiratory protection throughout the day.

3. PERFORMANCE OPTION OR OBJECTIVE DATA – OSHA allows objective data to

be used that demonstrates control measures being used reduce the airborne respirable crystalline silica exposure to below 50 μg/m3 per 8-hour time weighted average. Objective data would include air monitoring sampling/measurements conducted by the employer, gotten from sources such as other companies, tool manufacturers, universities, national databases, manufacturers, trade organizations, health organizations, etc. and would closely mirror the employee exposure conditions for a specific task, process, or activity.


Compliance with the performance options requires:

a. Any data collected for evidence under the performance option must reflect workplace conditions closely resembling or with a higher exposure potential than the processes, types of material, control methods, work practices, and environmental conditions in the employer's current operations.

4. SCHEDULED MONITORING OPTION – Requires the employer to perform air

monitoring to evaluate the 8-hour time weighted average exposure of each employee and adhere to a monitoring schedule.

Compliance with the scheduled monitoring option requires:

a. Conduct initial monitoring of one (1) or more personal breathing zone air

samples that reflect the exposures of employees on each shift, for each task/job classification, in each work area.

b. Conduct representative sampling for tasks/work areas where there are multiple employees doing the same job. Sample the employees who are expected to have the highest exposure to respirable crystalline silica.

c. Initial monitoring that reflects exposures below the action level of 25 μg/m3, no additional monitoring is required.

d. Recent monitoring results at or above the action level, but below the PEL, requires repeating the monitoring within six (6) months.

e. Recent monitoring results above the PEL, repeat monitoring within three (3) months.

f. If the most recent monitoring (non-initial) indicates that exposures are below the action level, repeat within six (6)months until two (2) consecutive measurements, taken seven (7) days or more apart, are below the action level. Additional monitoring can be discontinued at this time.

g. Reassessment of exposures should be initiated in the event of changes in processes, controls, personnel, or work practices that may be reasonably expected to result in new/additional exposures at or above the action level or when there is reason to believe a new/additional has occurred.

5. SAMPLE ANALYSIS – PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure that all samples collected

for monitoring respirable crystalline silica will be analyzed by laboratories meeting the requirements of Appendix A of OSHA’s Silica rule, 29 CFR 1926.1153.

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will obtain a statement from the laboratory stating that samples will be analyzed according to Appendix A of the standard. https://www.osha.gov/silica/AppendixAtosect1926.1153.pdf

I. CONTROLLING EXPOSURES

1. ENGINEERING AND WORK PRACTICE CONTROLS – PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will implement the use of engineering and work practice controls to ensure employee exposures to respirable crystalline silica to or below the PEL, or as outline in Table 1, unless it can be proven that such controls are not feasible.

When engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient alone to bring employee exposures to or below the PEL, PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will supplement the controls with the use of respiratory protection.

https://www.osha.gov/silica/AppendixAtosect1926.1153.pdf


J. RESTRICTED ACCESS TO WORK AREAS

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure access is restricted to areas where work being performed may generate dust containing silica.

1. When silica work is being performed on a worksite, warning signs shall be posted at all

approaches to regulated areas, i.e., outside entrance(s) allowing access into the work area(s) etc. Signs shall be conspicuously posted to adequately inform all personnel the presence of silica.

2. Tasks being performed that produce dust containing silica should be scheduled appropriately as to minimize exposures to adjacent workers.

3. Nonessential and unprotected personnel should be informed to stay away from the work area.

4. Personnel having to enter the work area should be advised that a respirator is required in areas where silica dust levels may be above the PEL.

K. EMPLOYEE NOTIFICATION OF MONITORING RESULTS

Within five (5) working days of completing a silica exposure assessment (results have been received from a laboratory) PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will notify in writing, all affected employees either individually or by posting of results in a conspicuous location.

Monitoring results indicating that exposures are above the PEL, PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will describe in the written notice the corrective actions being taken to reduce the exposure to or below the PEL.

L. OBSERVATION OF MONITORING

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to crystalline silica when being conducted to comply with requirements of the standard.

In the event the monitoring is conducted in an area where protective clothing or equipment is required, PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. ill provide observers with protective clothing and equipment at no cost. Additionally, PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure the use of protective clothing and equipment by observers.

M. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure appropriate respiratory protection will be provided to employees when:

1. Specified by Table 1 2. For tasks not listed in Table 1 3. When engineering and work practice controls specified by Table 1 are not fully

implemented. 4. Where exposures exceed the PEL during periods necessary to install/implement

feasible engineering and work practice controls 5. Where exposures exceed the PEL during tasks such as maintenance/repair when

engineering and work practice controls are not feasible; 6. Where all feasible engineering and work practice controls are implemented and

are not sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the PEL. 7. Respiratory use for compliance with this program will be in accordance with 29

CFR 1910.134.


N. HOUSEKEEPING

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C must follow requirements of this section where employees could be exposed to small respirable crystalline silica particles.

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C does not engage in dry sweeping when such activity could contribute to exposure to respirable crystalline silica. Wet sweeping, floor sweep compounds, or filtered vacuuming will be used to minimize exposure to respirable crystalline silica, when feasible.

Employees are not to use compressed air to clean clothing or surfaces as such activities could contribute to exposure of respirable crystalline silica. Employees are not required to follow silica housekeeping requirements when cleaning ordinary soil, large debris, and non- silica containing materials such as saw dust.

O. RECORDKEEPING

1. AIR MONITORING/SAMPLING

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will make and maintain an accurate record of all objective data relied upon to comply with the requirement of this section. This record shall include at the least the following information:

a. The date of measurement for each sample taken; b. The task monitored; c. Sampling and analytical methods used; d. Number, duration, and results of samples taken; e. Identity of the laboratory that performed the analysis; f. Type of personal protective equipment, such as respirators, worn by the

employees monitored; g. Name, social security number, and job classification of all employees

represented by the monitoring, indicating which employees were monitored.

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure that exposure records are maintained and made available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020.

2. OBJECTIVE DATA

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will make and maintain an accurate record of all objective data relied upon to comply with the requirements of this section. This record shall include at the least the following information:

a. The crystalline silica – containing material in question; b. The source of the objective data; c. The testing protocol and result of testing;

d. A description of the process, task, or activity on which the objective data were based;

e. Other data relevant to the process, task, activity, material, or exposures on which the objective data were based.

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure that objective data is maintained and made available in accordance with 1910.1020.


P. TRAINING

1. EMPLOYEE TRAINING

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure employees are trained in and can demonstrate knowledge and understanding of this silica program.

a. Training content will consist of:

i. PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Silica Exposure Control Program. ii. Health hazards associated with exposure to respirable crystalline

silica. iii. Workplace tasks that could expose workers to silica. iv. Exposure control measures including engineering controls, work

practices, and respiratory protection implemented by PRO ELECTRIC, L.C.

v. Designated competent persons-who they are, what they do. vi. Description of the medical surveillance program and its purpose.

2. COMPETENT PERSON TRAINING

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. will ensure competent persons responsible for implementation of control measures and work practice activities outlined in the policy receive training to include:

a. Review of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. policy related to prevention of exposure

to respirable crystalline silica b. Health hazards associated with exposure to respirable crystalline silica. c. Workplace tasks that could expose workers to silica d. What is the action level? e. What is the PEL? f. Exposure control measures including engineering controls, work practices,

and respiratory protection. g. Worker training requirements h. Housekeeping i. Personal hygiene j. Restricted work areas k. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

l. What is exposure monitoring? m. How to create a written exposure control plan.

3. TRAINING RECORDS





v. The records of training will be maintained for a minimum of five (5)

years from the date of training at the corporate office.


TABLE 1: SPECIFIED EXPOSURE CONTROL METHODS WHEN WORKING WITH MATERIALS CONTAINING CRYSTALLINE SILICA

Equipment / Task

Engineering and Work Practice Control Methods

Required Respiratory Protection and Minimum

Assigned Protection Factor (APF)

≤ 4 hours /shift

> 4 hours /shift

(i) Stationary masonry saws Use saw equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the blade.

Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to minimize dust emissions.

None None

(ii) Handheld power saws (any blade diameter)

Use saw equipped with integrated water

delivery system that continuously feeds water to the blade.


− When used outdoors. − When used indoors or in an enclosed area.

None APF 10

APF 10 APF 10

(iii) Handheld power saws for cutting fiber- cement board (with blade diameter of 8 inches or less)

For tasks performed outdoors only: Use saw equipped with commercially available dust collection system.

Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions.

Dust collector must provide the air flow recommended by the tool manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency.

None

None

(iv) Walk-behind saws Use saw equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the blade.



None APF 10

None APF 10

(v) Drivable saws For tasks performed outdoors only: Use saw equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the blade.


None

None


Equipment / Task




≤ 4 hours /shift

> 4 hours /shift

(vi) Rig-mounted core saws or drills

Use tool equipped with integrated water delivery system that supplies water to cutting surface.


None None

(vii) Handheld and stand- mounted drills (including impact and rotary hammer drills)

Use drill equipped with commercially available shroud or cowling with dust collection system. Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions.

Dust collector must provide the air flow recommended by the tool manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism.

Use a HEPA-filtered vacuum when cleaning holes.

None None

(viii) Dowel drilling rigs for concrete

For tasks performed outdoors only: Use shroud around drill bit with a dust collection system. Dust collector must have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism.

Use a HEPA-filtered vacuum when cleaning holes.

APF 10

APF 10

(ix) Vehicle-mounted drilling rigs for rock and concrete

Use dust collection system with close capture hood or shroud around drill bit with a low-flow water spray to wet the dust at the discharge point from the dust collector.

OR

Operate from within an enclosed cab and use water for dust suppression on drill bit.

None None

None None

(x) Jackhammers and handheld powered chipping tools

Use tool with water delivery system that supplies a continuous stream or spray of water at the point of impact.


OR

Use tool equipped with commercially available shroud and dust collection system. Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions.

None APF 10

APF 10 APF 10


Equipment / Task




≤ 4 hours /shift

> 4 hours /shift

Dust collector must provide the air flow recommended by the tool manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism.


None APF 10

APF 10 APF 10

(xi) Handheld grinders for mortar removal (i.e., tuckpointing)

Use grinder equipped with commercially available shroud and dust collection system.


Dust collector must provide 25 cubic feet per minute (cfm) or greater of airflow per inch of wheel diameter and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a cyclonic pre-separator or filter-cleaning mechanism.

APF 10 APF 25

(xii) Handheld grinders for uses other than mortar removal

For tasks performed outdoors only:

Use grinder equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the grinding surface.


OR

Use grinder equipped with commercially available shroud and dust collection system.


Dust collector must provide twenty (25) cubic feet per minute (cfm) or greater of airflow per inch of wheel diameter and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a cyclonic pre-separator or filter- cleaning mechanism.


None

None None

None

None APF


Equipment / Task




≤ 4 hours /shift

> 4 hours /shift

(xiii) Walk-behind milling machines and floor grinders

Use machine equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the cutting surface.


OR

Use machine equipped with dust collection system recommended by the manufacturer.


Dust collector must provide the air flow recommended by the manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism.

When used indoors or in an enclosed area, use a HEPA-filtered vacuum to remove loose dust in between passes.

None

None

None

None

(xiv) Small drivable milling machines (less than half- lane)

Use a machine equipped with supplemental water sprays designed to suppress dust. Water must be combined with a surfactant.

Operate and maintain machine to minimize dust emissions.

None None

(xv) Large drivable milling machines (half-lane and larger)

For cuts of any depth on asphalt only:

Use machine equipped with exhaust ventilation on drum enclosure and supplemental water sprays designed to suppress dust.


For cuts of four inches in depth or less on any substrate:

Use machine equipped with exhaust ventilation on drum enclosure and supplemental water sprays designed to suppress dust.


OR

None

None

None

None

None

None


Equipment / Task




≤ 4 hours /shift

> 4 hours /shift

Use a machine equipped with supplemental water spray designed to suppress dust. Water must be combined with a surfactant.


(xvi) Crushing machines Use equipment designed to deliver water spray or mist for dust suppression at crusher and other points where dust is generated (e.g., hoppers, conveyers, sieves/sizing or vibrating components, and discharge points).

Operate and maintain machine in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions to minimize dust emissions.

Use a ventilated booth that provides fresh, climate- controlled air to the operator, or a remote-control station.

None None

(xvii) Heavy equipment and utility vehicles used to abrade or fracture silica- containing materials (e.g., hoe-ramming, rock ripping) or used during demolition activities involving silica- containing materials

Operate equipment from within an enclosed cab. When employees outside of the cab are engaged in the task, apply water and/or dust suppressants as necessary to minimize dust emissions.

None None

None None

(xviii) Heavy equipment and utility vehicles for tasks such as grading and excavating but not including: demolishing, abrading, or fracturing silica- containing materials

Apply water and/or dust suppressants as

necessary to minimize dust emissions.

OR

When the equipment operator is, the only employee engaged in the task, operate equipment from within an enclosed cab.

None

None

None

None


WORKING ALONE POLICY SECTION 31

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. that no employee is permitted to work alone until all procedures in this policy are properly implemented for maximum employee protection.

SCOPE

This policy applies to all PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employees who may be required to work alone on jobsites and/or company owned, leased, or rented property. Workers who are required to work alone may require assistance if they are exposed to conditions that may result in a job related injury, health impairment of any kind, victimization through criminal violence, or other adverse

conditions. A. DEFINITIONS

1. Working Alone – means an isolated employee working with an immediately hazardous material, equipment or in an area that, if safety and health procedures fail, could reasonably result in incapacitation and serious life threatening injury for which immediate first aide assistance is not available.

2. Immediately Hazardous Environment – describes any material, activity or

circumstance that could cause instantaneous incapacitation rendering an individual unable to seek assistance. Examples include but are not limited to: potential exposure to poisonous chemicals and gases at a level approaching the IDLH (Immediately Dangerous to Life & Health); work with hazardous chemicals; work with pressurized chemical systems; entering confined spaces; work near high voltage equipment; work with power equipment that could pinch or grab body parts and/or clothing; etc.

B. WORKING ALONE PROHIBITED

Working alone will not be prohibited under the following circumstances:

1. Confined Space Entry Operations.

2. An installation, equipment, or conductor operating at a nominal voltage of 300 volts or more, except while testing equipment or trouble-shooting. A person who is able to recognize the hazards and perform rescue operations including artificial respiration shall be available and able to see the worker performing the work.

3. Electrical systems rated at more than 600 volts.

4. Trenching and Excavation Operations.

5. Utilizing a portable ladder that exceeds twenty (20) feet in length, or work with a ladder that is likely to be endangered by motorized equipment or vehicles.

6. The use of personal fall arrest equipment.

7. The use of scaffolds systems, aerial lifts and/or scissor lifts.

8. Utilizing machine and power tools that could cause critical injury.

9. Quick-acting acutely toxic material as described by the Safety Data Sheet (SDS).

10. The use of supplied air respiratory equipment or self-contained breathing apparatus.


11. Working near or over water, i.e., potential risk of drowning.

12. Use of a motorized vehicle, crane or similar equipment near a live power line where it is possible for any part of the equipment or its load to make contact with the live power line.

13. A motorized vehicle, fork lift, crane, mobile equipment, or similar material handling equipment where the operator does not have full view of the intended path of travel

14. Welding or cutting operations where a fire watch and/or hot work permit is required.

15. Tasks which, based on the risk assessment conducted by the Project Foreman in consultation with the employee and the Safety Director is deemed to require more than one person.

16. Working alone situations shall be identified and assessed co-operatively by the Project Foreman and his/her employees.

17. A working alone safety plan shall be documented and reviewed by the Safety Director. This plan shall identify the occupational hazards, procedures for personal safety, special training provided, and the procedures for hazard reporting and securing emergency assistance in the event of an incident.

18. Copies of working alone safety plans shall be provided by Project Forman to the employees who are required to work alone, to the Project Manager and Safety Director.

19. The Project Foreman shall provide on-going training and instruction to his/her employees for their specific working alone situations.

C. COMMUNICATION

Any worker who is required to work alone will be provided one or more of the following practical and effective means of communication:

1. Land line, cellular or satellite telephone

2. Two-way radio, i.e., walkie-talkie

3. Personal alarm or pager

4. Global positioning device

5. Buddy system

6. Check-in system and requirement for updating an individual’s status while working alone, or any other method that may be considered most effective to the specific worksite operations.

D. TRAINING

1. The company will provide training to any exposed employee who is required to work alone and how to safety perform his/her job duties.

2. Training Records





The records of training will be maintained for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of training at the corporate office.


HEAT & COLD STRESS POLICY SECTION 32

POLICY

It is the policy of PRO ELECTRIC, L.C to implement the following safety and health standards to protect employees who work in hot/cold environments.

SCOPE

Applies to all PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. employees who may be exposed to cold or heat related illnesses.

A. DEFINITIONS

1. Frostbite – The symptoms of frostbite include an uncomfortable sensation of

coldness; there may be a tingling, stinging, or aching feeling followed by numbness. Initially the frostbitten area appears white and is cold to the touch. This is followed by heat, redness, and swelling. Occasionally a victim may not be aware of the frostbite. Tissue damage can be mild and reversible or severe, resulting in scarring and tissue death. Amputation or loss of function can be an unfortunate result. First aid includes treating affected areas with warm water at 102 to 110 °F. Be careful to avoid rubbing frostbitten areas because this can lead to greater tissue injury. If there is a chance for refreezing, do not rewarm the affected areas.

2. Trench Foot – Trench foot may be caused by long, continuous exposure to a wet

and cold environment or actual immersion in water. This may be a special concern of commercial fishermen. The condition is characterized by vascular damage. Symptoms include a tingling and/or itching sensation, pain, and swelling. Blisters may form and be followed by death of skin tissue and ulceration. First aid treatment for trench foot is similar to the treatment for frostbite, and includes moving the victim to a warm area, treating the affected part with warm water (102-110 °F) or warm packs, arranging bed rest in a warm environment and obtaining medical assistance as soon as possible.

3. Heat Cramps – Muscular pains and spasms that usually occur in the legs or

abdomen. Heat cramps are often an early sign that the body is having trouble with the heat. First aid includes getting the person to a cooler place and have him/her rest in a comfortable position. Lightly stretch the affected muscle and gently massage the area. Give an electrolyte-containing fluid, such as a commercial sports drink, fruit juice or milk. Water may also be given. Do not give the person salt tablets.

4. Heat Exhaustion – A more severe condition than heat cramps. It affects workers

wearing heavy clothing in a hot, humid environment. Signs of heat exhaustion include cool, moist, pale, ashen or flushed skin; headache; nausea; dizziness; weakness; and exhaustion. First aid care includes moving the person to a cooler environment with circulating air. Remove or loosen as much clothing as possible and apply cool, wet clothes or towels to the skin. Fanning or spraying the person with water also can help. If the person is conscious, give small amounts of a cool fluid such as a commercial sports drink or fruit juice to restore fluids and electrolytes. Milk or water may also be given. Give about four (4) ounces of fluid every fifteen (15) minutes. If the person’s condition does not improve or if he or she refuses water, has a change in consciousness, or vomits, call 9-1-1 or the local emergency number.


5. Heat Stroke – A life-threatening condition that usually occurs by ignoring the signals of heat exhaustion. Heat stroke develops when the body systems are overwhelmed by heat and begin to stop functioning. Signs of heat stroke include extremely high body temperature, red skin which may be dry or moist; changes in consciousness; rapid, weak pulse; rapid, shallow breathing; confusion; vomiting; and seizures. Heat stroke is life-threatening. Call 9-1-1 or the local emergency number immediately. Rapidly cool the body by immersing the person up to the neck in cold water, if possible OR douse or spray the person with cold water. Sponge the person with ice water-doused towels over the entire body, frequently rotating the cold, wet towels. Cover the person with bags of ice. If you are not able to measure and monitor the person’s temperature, apply rapid cooling methods for twenty (20) minutes or until the person’s condition improves.

6. Hypothermia – General hypothermia is the progressive loss of body heat with

prolonged exposure to cold. Body heat loss is accelerated more rapidly when a person is wet because of sweat or working in a damp environment. Most cases of hypothermia develop in air temperatures between 30 and 50 °F, but significant hypothermia can occur with air temperatures as high as 65 °F (particularly when clothing is wet) or in the water at 72 °F. The first symptoms of hypothermia are uncontrollable shivering and feeling of cold. As the body's temperature continues to drop, an individual can become confused, careless, and disoriented. At this point a person may make little or no effort to avoid further exposure to the cold. For those working around machinery or animals, accidental injury is an additional risk. When the core body temperature falls below 86˚F, the body’s adaptive mechanisms for reducing heat loss become ineffective and death can occur. Individuals experiencing mild hypothermia should be immediately moved to a warm, dry shelter. Further heat loss is minimized by removing wet clothing and applying warm blankets for insulation. Warm, nonalcoholic, caffeine-free drinks may be offered. More severe cases of hypothermia require intensive medical care.

B. HEAT STRESS

1. Employees shall be trained in the signs/symptoms of heat stress. They should also

be instructed on the precautionary measures to be taken to prevent heat stress and immediate first aid actions to be taken in the event of overexposure.

2. Methods approved by the ACGIH must be used to evaluate and control the heat

stress load on workers. Factors include the Wet Bulb Globe Temperature and the worker’s work load, clothing, and health.

3. Suitable work/rest regimens shall be implemented. Cool/shaded areas shall be

designated as worker rest areas.

4. Cool drinking water and sanitary drinking cups shall be provided to workers.

5. Ventilation in employee work areas shall be evaluated. Portable fans should be considered in “still” areas.

6. Heat stress prevention shall be mentioned in tool box talks and included in pre‐task planning. Labor intensive tasks shall be planned for early morning and late evening hours when temperatures are lowest.

7. Workers who are unaccustomed to physically demanding work in hot environments

shall be monitored closely when starting challenging jobs.


C. COLD STRESS

1. Workers shall be trained in the signs/symptoms of cold stress. They should also be instructed on the precautionary measures to be taken to prevent cold stress and immediate first aid actions to be taken in the event of overexposure.

2. Pain in the extremities is often the first sign of cold stress and shivering a second and more

advanced sign; if either of these signs becomes noticeable seek shelter.

3. Always wear warm dry clothing. If clothing becomes damp, dry clothes shall be changed into immediately.

4. Gloves shall be worn in cold temperatures to prevent loss of manual dexterity which may

contribute to accidents. The combined exposure to cold temperatures and vibrating tools shall be avoided.

5. For work temperatures below 20° F, heated shelters shall be provided, and work/rest regimens

established. 6. Cold stress prevention shall be mentioned in toolbox talks and included in pre‐task planning.

D. TRAINING

1. The company will provide training to any employee who is exposed to heat related or cold related illness to safety perform his/her job duties.

2. Training Records




iii. Name and signature of the person conducting the training. iv. Subject of the training.

b. The records of training will be maintained for a minimum of five (5) years from the

date of training at the corporate office.


AMMONIA AWARENESS AND EXPOSURE PROGRAM SECTION 33

POLICY

It is the purpose of this policy to inform employees of the hazards of working with or

around ammonia and how to mitigate those hazards.

SCOPE

WHAT IS AMMONIA

Ammonia (NH3) is one of the most produced industrial chemicals in the United States. It

is

used in industry and commerce and exists naturally in humans and in the environment.

Ammonia is essential for many biological processes and serves as a precursor for amino

acid and nucleotide synthesis. In the environment, ammonia is part of the nitrogen cycle

and is produced in soil from bacterial processes. Ammonia is also produced naturally

from decomposition of organic matter, including plants, animals, and animal wastes.

Some chemical/physical properties of ammonia are:

• At room temperature, ammonia is a colorless, highly irritating gas with a pungent,

suffocating odor.

• In pure form, it is known as anhydrous ammonia and is hygroscopic (readily

absorbs moisture). • Ammonia has alkaline properties and is corrosive.

• Ammonia gas dissolves easily in water to form ammonium hydroxide, a caustic

solution and weak base.

• Ammonia gas is easily compressed and forms a clear liquid under pressure.

• Ammonia is usually shipped as a compressed liquid in steel containers.

• Ammonia is not highly flammable, but containers of ammonia may explode when

exposed to high heat.

Ammonia is a very efficient and safe refrigerant when handled and maintained properly.

Anyone working with ammonia has a responsibility not only to be thoroughly familiar with

basic ammonia safety principles, to observe all necessary precautions, and react

promptly and appropriately in the event of an emergency.

In pure form, it is known as anhydrous ammonia. Ammonia is also produced in the

human body and is commonly found in nature. It is essential in the body as a building

block for making proteins and other complex molecules. In nature, ammonia occurs in

soil from bacterial processes. It is also produced when plants, animals and animal wastes

decay.

Ammonia can be in liquid or gas form. Ammonia is colorless and has a strong pungent

odor similar to your household cleaning ammonia. It is a common refrigerant in many

industries. In agriculture, it is injected into soil as fertilizer. It is also used in the

manufacture of plastics, dyes, textiles, detergents, and pesticides. Ammonia may be

found in solution, as ammonia hydroxide (the form most people are familiar with), or

packaged as a pressurized gas, in a waterless (anhydrous) form.

Ammonia comes with a built-in safety factor…nobody can voluntarily stay in a

concentration of ammonia long enough to damage their nose, lungs, eyes or skin. Most


people can detect ammonia at 5 ppm – well below any area of concern.

Ammonia is a common chemical that many people probably keep underneath the kitchen

sink at home. Don’t let workers be fooled into thinking ammonia is completely safe

because they can buy it at a grocery story – on the contrary, ammonia is extremely

dangerous.

HOW IS AMMONIA USED

About 80% of the ammonia produced by industry is used in agriculture as fertilizer.

Ammonia is also used as a refrigerant gas, for purification of water supplies, and in the

manufacture of plastics, explosives, textiles, pesticides, dyes and other chemicals. It is

found in many household and industrial-strength cleaning solutions. Household ammonia

cleaning solutions are manufactured by adding ammonia gas to water and can be

between 5 and 10% ammonia. Ammonia solutions for industrial use may be

concentrations of 25% or higher and are corrosive.

DANGERS OF AMMONIA EXPOSURE

Ammonia is an extremely hazardous chemical that is widely used in many industries.

Ammonia can be explosive, especially in an enclosed space or when other flammable

chemicals are present. By itself, its flammable range is between 15 percent and 28

percent by volume in air. When mixed with lubricating oils, the flammable range

increases. Ammonia will react dangerously with some chemicals – most notably, chlorine

bleach. Ammonia is also incompatible with other halogens (for example, fluorine),

oxidizing agents (for example, nitrogen oxide), and heavy metals (for example, mercury

and silver).

HOW CAN PEOPLE BE EXPOSED TO AMMONIA

Most people are exposed to ammonia from inhalation of the gas or vapors. Since

ammonia exists naturally and is also present in cleaning products, exposure may occur

from these sources. The widespread use of ammonia on farms and in industrial and

commercial locations also means that exposure can occur from an accidental release or

from a deliberate terrorist attack.

Anhydrous ammonia gas is lighter than air and will rise, so that generally it dissipates and

does not settle in low-lying areas. However, in the presence of moisture (such as high

relative humidity), the liquefied anhydrous ammonia gas forms vapors that are heavier

than air. These vapors may spread along the ground or into low-lying areas with poor

airflow where people may become exposed.

Some examples may include, but not limited to:

• working on/near industrial refrigeration machinery rooms, equipment and/or piping

• working in petroleum refineries

• working with/near agricultural fertilizer

• working in industrial process facilities

• working in or around industrial meat packing plants


WHAT IS AMMONIA’S MECHANISM OF ACTION

Ammonia interacts immediately upon contact with available moisture in the skin, eyes,

oral cavity, respiratory tract, and particularly mucous surfaces to form the very caustic

ammonium hydroxide. Ammonium hydroxide causes the necrosis of tissues through

disruption of cell membrane lipids (saponification) leading to cellular destruction. As cell

proteins break down, water is extracted, resulting in an inflammatory response that

causes further damage.

RULE OF EXPOSURE

5 PPM-You can smell it

50 PPM – It can harm you – Long Term Exposure

300 PPM – Immediate Danger to Life & Health

5,000 PPM – It can kill you

EFFECTS OF AMMONIA OVEREXPOSURE

Exposure of the eyes to ammonia may cause burning, tearing, temporary

blindness and severe eye damage. Exposure of the skin to ammonia may cause

severe burns and blistering. Exposure of the respiratory tract (mouth, nose and

throat) to ammonia may cause runny nose, coughing, chest pain, severe breathing

difficulties, severe burns and death. Skin and respiratory related diseases could be

aggravated by exposure. High concentrations of ammonia gas, liquid ammonia and

solutions of ammonia can cause harm if inhaled or if they come into contact with

eyes or skin.

Eyes – Tearing, edema or blindness may occur.

Skin – Irritation, corrosive burns, and blister formation may result. Contact with

liquid may produce a caustic burn and frostbite.

Inhalation – Acute exposure may result in severe irritation of the respiratory tract,

bronchospasm, pulmonary edema or respiratory arrest. Workers

may also experience swelling and accumulation of fluid in the lungs,

which can occur up to 24 hours after exposure.

Ingestion – Lung irritation and pulmonary edema may occur. Extreme exposure

may result in death from spasm or inflammation. Brief inhalation

exposure to 5,000 ppm may be fatal.

EMERGENCY AID OF AMMONIA EXPOSURE

Eyes – If ammonia enters the eye, flood the eye immediately with large quantities

of potable water for at least 15 minutes. Speed is essential. Contact

lenses should never be worn in the presence of ammonia, since the lens

could trap ammonia in the eye and interfere with treatment. Eyelids

should be held apart and away from eyeball for thorough rinsing.

Continue irrigation with 10-minute breaks and 5-minute irrigation until

Medical attention is obtained. Medical attention must be received

immediately, preferable from an ophthalmologist. Medication, of any type,

should not be placed in the eyes unless ordered by a physician.


Skin – Flush with copious amounts of water for a minimum of 20 minutes while

removing contaminated clothing and shoes. Do not rub but apply ointment on

affected area. Clothing may initially freeze to skin. Ensure clothing is

not frozen prior to removal. Seek medical attention immediately. Do not

apply medication to the burned areas without medical advice.

Inhalation – Any conscious person who has incurred irritation due to inhalation

of ammonia should proceed at once to a location free of ammonia and breathe

fresh air. Seek medical attention or administer oxygen or artificial respiration, if

necessary.

Ingestion – If conscious, give large amounts of water to drink. May drink orange

juice, citrus juice or diluted vinegar (1:4) to counteract. Never give anything by

mouth to an unconscious person. Should the patient vomit, place his face down

with head lower than hips to prevent it from entering his lungs. Transport patient

to a physician promptly and apply other first aid treatment as the doctor may

prescribe.

WORKING SAFELY WITH AMMONIA

Employees should be aware of owners' contingency plans and provisions.

Employees must be informed where ammonia is used in the host facility and

aware of additional plant safety rules.

Wear personal protective equipment. Employees will be provided with and

required to use impervious clothing, gloves, face shields and other appropriate

protective clothing necessary to prevent any possibility of skin contact with liquid

anhydrous ammonia or aqueous solutions of ammonia containing more than 10%

by weight of ammonia. Similar precautions should be taken to prevent the skin

from becoming frozen from contact with vessels containing liquid anhydrous

ammonia.

To work with liquid ammonia, you may need eye, face, and skin protection. To

work with liquid or gaseous ammonia, you may require respiratory protection.

Individuals working with ammonia (operations or maintenance) should wear

chemical splash-proof goggles plus a full-face shield. The face shield should be

worn over the goggles for additional protection of eyes, respiratory system and

face, but never as a substitute for goggles. In addition, those individuals should

also wear rubber or plastic gloves impervious to ammonia to protect hands and

arms.

Train employees to work safely with ammonia by following these general

precautions and the safe work practices that apply.

Take hot work permitting precautions whenever hot work will be performed in

areas where ammonia is present. If piping, vessels, or containers that have held


ammonia will be welded, soldered, drilled, or cut, purge all ammonia first.

Use proper ventilation. Never work with ammonia in an unventilated area.

Always ensure that you have adequate ventilation, and make sure that ventilation

is non-sparking or explosion proof.

Store ammonia separately from incompatible chemicals, away from heat and

ignition sources.

Know what to do in case of a spill or leak. When you work with ammonia, know

where the emergency escape respirators are located. If ammonia leaks or is

spilled, put on a respirator, and leave the area immediately.

Report the spill or leak so it can be appropriately controlled.

Know how to respond to splashes. Liquid ammonia can burn your eyes. Know

where the emergency eyewash is located in your work area and how to use it.

WHERE TO GET MORE INFORMATION Centers for Disease Control

And Prevention Public Response Hotline: 888-246-2675 Agency for Toxic

Substances and Disease Registry: 888-422-8737 Regional Poison Control

Center: 800-222-1222

D. TRAINING

1. The company will provide training to any employee who is exposed or around Ammonia to safety perform his/her job duties.

2. Training Records


iii. Name of the employee(s) trained. ii.

iv. Date(s) of training.


b. The records of training will be maintained for a minimum of five (5)

years from the date of training at the corporate office.


Field Rigging and Material Handling Section 34

POLICY

Pro Electric is dedicated to the protection of our employees from occupational

injuries and illnesses. PE is responsible for providing a safe working environment,

and the employees have and must assume the responsibility of working safely. PE

recognizes the potential for serious injury or death while rigging & lifting materials

with the help of cranes. To reduce the potential, this program was developed to

communicate the proper techniques of rigging.

SCOPE

Rigging

The term "rigging" refers to both of the following:

• The hardware and equipment used to safely attach a load to a lifting device.

• The art or process of safely attaching a load to a hook by means of adequately

rated and properly applied slings and related hardware.

General Rigging Safety Requirements

The following requirements apply:

• Only rigging equipment that is in good condition may be used.

• Rigging equipment shall be inspected to ensure it is safe. Rigging equipment for

material handling shall be inspected prior to use on each shift and as necessary

during its use to ensure that it is safe (see attached inspection form at end of policy).

• Defective equipment shall not be used and removed from service immediately.

• Rigging equipment shall not be loaded beyond its recommended safe working

load. Identification markings, indicating rated capacity for the type(s) of hitch(es)

used, the angle upon which it is based, and the number of legs if more than one,

shall be permanently affixed to the rigging.

• All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and of suspended

loads.

• All rigging equipment shall be stored and maintained in accordance with the

manufacturer's recommendations.

• Rigging equipment not in use shall be removed from the immediate work area so

as not to present a hazard to employees.

• Slings (e.g., wire rope, synthetic web or rope, and chain) and rigging hooks shall:

o Be inspected at least annually by a qualified inspector

o Have a documented inspection history, with records readily available

o Be labeled for identification purposes with a durable tag (synthetic or metal)

permanently affixed to the device. Equipment that is not properly labeled shall not be

used. However, manufacturer-supplied serial numbers or other individualized

markings meet the labeling requirement

The Responsible Individual for the equipment shall ensure that a designated person

determines whether conditions found during inspection constitutes a hazard and

whether a more detailed inspection is required. Defective equipment shall be


removed from service and destroyed to prevent inadvertent reuse.

All rigging equipment shall be maintained, inspected, tested (or calibrated),

inventoried, and stored. The Responsible Individual shall ensure that equipment

purchased through commercial channels meets or exceeds the requirements.

Examples of conditions that may require rigging hardware to be removed from

service:

• Synthetic slings with Appendix A

o Abnormal wear

o Torn stitching

o Visible red threads from the interior of the sling fabric

o Broken or cut fibers

o Discoloration or deterioration

o Evidence of heat damage

• Wire-rope slings with Appendix B

o Kinking, crushing, bird-caging, or other distortions

o Evidence of heat damage

o Cracks, deformation, or worn end attachments

o Broken wires in excess of regulatory requirements

o Hooks opened more than 15% at the throat

o Hooks twisted sideways more than 10° from the plane of the unbent hook

• Shackles, eye bolts, turnbuckles, or other components that are damaged or

deformed.

• Hooks on overhaul ball assemblies, lower load blocks, or other attachment

assemblies shall be of a type that can be closed and locked, eliminating the hook

throat opening. Alternatively, an alloy anchor type shackle with a bolt, nut and

retaining pin may be used.

The manufacturer's requirements shall also be consulted, and the most conservative

requirements shall prevail. Rigging a Load Do the following when rigging a load:

• Determine the weight of the load - Do not guess

• Determine the proper size for slings and components

• Make sure that shackle pins and shouldered eye bolts are installed in accordance

with the manufacturer's recommendations

• Make sure that ordinary (i.e., shoulder less) eye bolts are threaded in at least 1.5

times the bolt diameter

• Use safety hoist rings (i.e., swivel eyes) as a preferred substitute for eye

bolts whenever possible

• Pad sharp edges to protect slings. Machinery foundations or angle-iron

edges may not feel sharp to the touch but could cut into rigging when under several

tons of load. Wood, tire rubber, or other pliable materials may be suitable for

padding.

• Do not use slings, eye bolts, shackles, or hooks that have been cut, welded, or

brazed


• Determine the center of gravity and balance the load before moving it. Keep the

attachment points of rigging accessories as far above and as far away from the

center of gravity as possible

• Initially lift the load only a few inches to test the rigging and balance

• Tag lines shall be used unless their use creates an unsafe condition

• Protect rigging hardware as required. Items left in the sun may have surface

temperatures that exceed the safe limits of synthetic lifting devices

Crane Safety

Cranes must not be assembled or used unless ground conditions are firm,

drained, and graded to a sufficient extent so that, in conjunction (in necessary)

with the use of supporting materials, the equipment manufacturer’s specifications

for adequate support and degree of level of the equipment are met.

The crane manufacturer’s procedures and prohibitions must be compiled with

when assembling and disassembling equipment.

The assembly/disassembly of equipment must be directed by a competent and

qualified person.

The work zone shall be identified by demarcating boundaries such as flag and

range limiting devices, or defining the work zone as 360 degrees around the

equipment up to the maximum working radius. The hazard assessment must

determine if any part of the equipment could get closer than 20 feet to a power

line. (see Table A for a chart of high voltage clearance distances)

Table A


If it is determined that any part of the equipment, load line or load could get closer

than 20 feet to a power line then at least one of the following measures must be

taken: \

1) Ensure the power lines have been de-energized and visibly grounded

2) Ensure no part of the equipment, load line or load gets closer than 20 feet to the

power line

3) Determine the line’s voltage and minimum approach distance permitted I Table A

A competent, trained person must conduct a visual inspection of equipment prior to

each shift. The inspection must consist of observation for apparent deficiencies.

Some inspection items shall include control mechanisms, pressurized lines, hooks

and latches, wire rope, electrical apparatus, tires (when used), and ground

conditions.

Swing Radius Protection

Per OSHA requirements, will install swing radius guards on all crawler and lattice

boom cranes or when the rotating superstructure is less than seven (7) feet off the

ground or working surface.

Swing radius guards shall barricade access into the pinch points of the crane and

rotating superstructure as shown in the following drawings. In addition to these

guards, it is necessary to barricade the areas where the counterweight swings within

2 feet of any object or structure.

Removal of swing radius guards will be permitted for equipment in transit only and

must be reinstalled when in its working location. (Spotters will be stationed to prevent

personnel from entering pinch point locations.)

The guards create an exclusion zone. This exclusion zone applies to all persons.

The only time a person may enter the exclusion zone is when the crane is not

moving, swinging, or hoisting and the crane operator has acknowledged your

presence and has granted access. The operator must stop all swinging and exit the

cab.

If anyone is within the exclusion zone when the operator is required to activate the

crane, that person shall be warned and move into the clear (outside of the zone)

prior to any movement (including hoisting). The operator is responsible to visually

verify this either by walking around the machine or physically observing the person in

the clear.

The operator, foreman and superintendent shall be responsible for assuring

compliance with this policy. All persons around the crane will be informed of this

policy prior to assignment.


Hand Signals

The hand signals shown in Appendix C shall be used to communicate with operators

unless voice communications equipment (i.e., telephone, radio, or equivalent) is

used. Signals shall be always discernible or audible. Some special operations may

require addition to, or modification of, the basic signals shown in Appendix C. For all

such cases, special signals shall be agreed upon and thoroughly understood by both

the person giving the signals and the operator.

Critical Lifts

Some lifts may be determined to be a critical lift in which collision, upsetting, or

dropping could result in one or more of the following:

• Unacceptable risk of personnel injury or significant adverse health impact (either

onsite or offsite).

• Significant release of radioactive or other hazardous material or other undesirable

conditions.

• Undetectable damage that would jeopardize future operations or the safety of a

facility.

• Damage that would result in unacceptable delay to schedule or other significant

program impact such as loss of vital data.

• Any lift exceeding 75% of the rated capacity of the crane.

• Any lift requiring the use of 2 or more cranes.

• Any time the operator deems the lift to be a critical lift.

A lift shall also be designated as critical if the load requires exceptional care in

handling because of size, weight, close-tolerance installation, high susceptibility to

damage, or other unusual factors.

The authorizing organization shall identify and designate personnel responsible for

making lift category. In addition, the organization shall assign a person in charge of

the entire lifting operation.

Lifting Personnel

It is not common practice to lift personnel using the load hooks of cranes or hoists.

However, if no other solution is possible to reach the work area, a safety bypass

permit provided by the customer’s requirement, or other verification of the safety plan

must be approved.


Annual Inspections

Annual preventative maintenance and inspection shall cover items recommended by

the equipment manufacturer.

Records

The owner of the crane shall maintain records for any crane or hoist that has been

inspected or load tested or that has received a nondestructive evaluation or test. A

copy of the inspection record shall be presented to PE upon request.

The outside vendor contracted by PE shall load-test the following designed and -

fabricated equipment and affix to the equipment a certifying label with the rated

capacity:

• Lifting fixtures.

• All components (i.e., scales, and rigging equipment) used for lifting acutely or

extremely hazardous materials or for making critical lifts.

• Personnel lifting devices (e.g., platforms and baskets).

Responsibilities

The specific responsibilities of individuals and organizations that have key safety

roles in PE crane, hoist, and rigging operations are listed below.

Responsible Individuals for Work shall:

• Verify that workers under their supervision receive the required training and are

qualified (including medical examination, as required) and licensed to operate cranes

and hoists in their areas

• Verify that training was provided to the prospective crane and hoist operator by a

qualified, designated instructor

• Ensure that all riggers are trained and qualified to operate equipment in accordance

with applicable industry standards. Records of trained and qualified riggers shall be

kept on file at the PE office.

• Ensure that contract personnel are qualified to operate lifting equipment in

accordance with OSHA requirements

Responsible Individuals for Equipment shall:

• Ensure that hoisting equipment is inspected

• Maintain copies of all monthly and annual inspections and records of modifications

and repairs to the rigging equipment. Records shall be maintained for the lifespan of

the equipment.


Crane and Hoist Operators and Riggers shall:

• Operate hoisting equipment according to manufacturer's instructions

•Rig and configure loads according to industry-accepted safe practices

• Conduct a preoperational inspection prior to using the equipment

• Select, inspect, and use rigging equipment as specified in the manufacturer's

instructions

• All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and of suspended

loads.

Appendix A

Examples of Damaged Web Slings


Appendix B

Examples of Damaged Wire Slings


Appendix C

Hand Signals

Individuals responsible for directing crane and hoist operators during lifting operations shall

use standard hand signals or other signals which all individuals agree upon prior to the lift.

These signals shall be conspicuously displayed in work areas to ensure proper use.


Appendix D

Inspection, Maintenance, and Test Schedule for PE Hoists, and Rigging Equipment

The activities specified in this appendix are to be performed as indicated. Deviations from these requirement

shall be approved by the appropriate levels of management.

Inspection, maintenance, and test schedule for cranes and hoists.

D. TRAINING

1. The company will provide training to any employee who will be Field Rigging and Material Handling to safety perform his/her job duties.

2. Please make sure that Appendix 22A is filled out before any onsite rigging is performed.

2. Training Records


v. Name of the employee(s) trained. ii.

vi. Date(s) of training.


b. The records of training will be maintained for a minimum of five (5)

years from the date of training at the corporate office


EXCAVATION CHECKLIST

(To be completed by a "Competent Person")

Appendix 1-

COMPETENT PERSON:

SITE LOCATION:

DATE: TIME:

SOIL CLASSIFICATION: EXCAVATION DEPTH: EXCAVATON WIDTH:

TYPE OF PROTECTIVE SYSTEM USED:

1. GENERAL INSPECTION OF THE JOB SITE YES NO

A. Excavations, adjacent areas, and protective systems inspected by a competent person daily prior to the start of work?

B. Competent person has the authority to remove workers from excavation immediately?

C. Surface encumbrances removed or supported? D. Employees protected from loose rock or soil that could pose a hazard by

falling or rolling into the excavation?

E. Hard hats are worn by all employees? F. Spoils, materials, and equipment set at least two (2) feet from the edge of

the excavation?

G. Barriers provided at all remotely located excavations, wells, pits, shafts, etc.?

H. Walkways and bridges over excavations four (4) feet or more in depth are equipped with standard guardrails and toe boards?

I. Warning vest or other highly visible clothing provided and worn by all employees exposed to public vehicular traffic?

J. Employees required to stand away from vehicles being loaded or unloaded?

K. Warning systems established and utilized when mobile equipment is operating near the edge of the excavation?

L. Employees are prohibited from going under suspended loads? M. Employees are prohibited from working on the faces of sloped or benched

excavations above other employees?

2. UTILITIES A. Utility companies contacted and/or utilities located? B. Exact location of utilities marked? C. Underground installations protected, supported, or removed when

excavation is open?

3. MEANS OF ACCESS AND EGRESS A. Lateral Travel to means of egress is no greater than twenty (25) feet in

excavations, four (4) feet or more in depth?

B. Ladders used in excavations secured and extended three (3) feet above the edge of the trench?


EXCAVATION CHECKLIST

Appendix 1-A

MEANS OF ACCESS AND EGRESS (Continued) YES NO

C. Structural ramps used for equipment designed by a registered professional engineer (RPE)?

D. Structural ramps used by employees designed by a competent person? E. Ramps constructed of materials of uniform thickness, cleated together on

the bottom, equipped with non-slip surface?

F. Employees protected from cave-in when entering or exiting the excavation? 4. WET CONDITIONS

A. Precautions taken to protect employees from the accumulation of water? B. Water removal equipment monitored by a competent person? C. Surface water or runoff diverted or controlled to prevent accumulation in the

excavation?

D. Inspections made after every rainstorm or other hazard-increasing occurrence?

5. HAZARDOUS ATMOSPHERE

A. Atmosphere within the excavation tested where there is a reasonable possibility of an oxygen deficiency, combustible or other contaminant exposing employees to a hazard?

B. Adequate precautions taken to protect employees from exposures to an atmosphere containing less than 19.5% oxygen and/or to other hazardous atmospheres?

C. Ventilation provided to prevent employees' exposure to an atmosphere containing flammable gas in excess of 10% of the lower explosive limit of the gas?

D. Testing conducted often to ensure that the atmosphere remains safe? E. Emergency equipment, such as breathing apparatus, safety harness and

lifeline, and/or basket stretcher readily available where hazardous atmospheres could or do exist?

F. Employees trained to use personal protective and other rescue equipment? G. Full body harness and lifeline used and individually attended when entering

bell bottom or other deep confined excavations?

6. SUPPORT SYSTEMS

A. Materials and/or equipment for support systems selected based on soil analysis, trench depth, and expected loads?

B. Materials and equipment used for protective systems inspected and in good condition?

C. Materials and equipment not in good condition have been removed from service?

D. Damaged materials and equipment used for protective systems inspected by a registered professional engineer (RPE) after repairs and before being placed back into service?

E. Protective systems installed without exposing employees to the hazard of cave-ins, collapses, or threats of being struck by materials or equipment?

F. Members of support system securely fastened to prevent failure? G. Support systems provided to insure stability of adjacent structures,

buildings, roadways, sidewalks, walls, etc.


ACCIDENT REPORT FORM

Appendix 2-A

JOB NAME:

ADDRESS:

NAME OF INJURED PERSON:

OCCUPATION:

WHAT WAS EMPLOYEE DOING AT TIME OF INJURY?

DESCRIPTION OF ACCIDENT:

NATURE AND EXTENT OF INJURY:

DATE OF ACCIDENT: _ TIME OF ACCIDENT:

UNSAFE CONDITION OR ACT:

WHAT I HAVE DONE TO CORRECT THE SITUATION

ACCIDENT WITNESS ONE: TELEPHONE NO.

ACCIDENT WITNESS TWO: TELEPHONE NO.

COMMENTS:

SUPERVISOR’S SIGNATURE: DATE:

EMPLOYEE’S SIGNATURE: DATE:

(*SUBMIT COMPLETED REPORT TO CORPORATE OFFICE WITHIN 8-HOURS OF ACCIDENT.)


SAFETY & HEALTH AUDIT CHECKLIST

Appendix 3-A

Job: Date:

Location:

Supervisor:

A - Indicates Attention Needed X – Indicates Acceptable N/A – Not Applicable

OSHA Safety & Protection Poster Electrical Hazards / GFCI

Emergency Phone numbers posted Competent Person on Site

First Aid Kit & Supplies Scaffold / Lifts

Adequate posters & warning signs Ladders / Stairs

Hazard Communication Info. Posted Barricades / Guard Rails

Housekeeping Fall Protection

PPE - Hard Hats Confined Space

PPE - Hearing Protection Container Labeling

PPE - Eye & Face Protection Power Tools / Extension Cords

PPE - Respiratory Protection Hand Tools

Are personnel wearing appropriate PPE Excavations / Trenches

Tool Box Meetings being conducted Material Storage

Fire Extinguishers Heavy Equipment

Proper Storage of Flammable Liquids Silica Exposure

Inspection by:

Supervisor Signature:

EMPLOYEE WARNING DATE / /

LOCATION PROJECT

I agree with Company Statement

I disagree with Company Statement

REASONS

VIOLATIONS

EMPLOYEE WARNING NOTICE

Appendix 4-A

ATTENDANCE PERSONAL WORK UNAUTHORIZED ABSENCE

REFUSAL TO WORK CARELESSNESS OVERTIME WORK QUALITY

WILLFUL DAMAGE TO

CONDUCT SAFETY COMPANY PROPERTY

INSUBORDINATION TARDINESS OTHER:

WARNINGS PREVIOUSLY WARNING # DATE ORAL WRITTEN SIGNED

1

2

3

COMPANY STATEMENT EMPLOYEE STATEMENT

SIGNED

TITLE DATE

ACTION TAKEN

I have read this Warning Notice and understand it. EMPLOYEE’S SIGNATURE:

DATE:

SUPERVISOR: DATE:

* If the Employee Warning Notice, after completion, contains information on the medical condition or history of an employee, then it must be maintained in a separate medical file and treated as confidential in accordance with applicable law and regulations

166

167

Appendix 5-A

EMPLOYEE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION FORM

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. is sincerely interested in your safety. This is your personal copy of the Safety and Health Procedures Manual. You are required to read, understand, and keep this manual for future reference. You are expected to cooperate with our safety program and abide by its rules.

Please complete the following Employee Emergency Notification information:

(Please Print)

NAME:

CURRENT MAILING ADDRESS:

CITY: _STATE: ZIP:

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

HOME PHONE: MOBILE PHONE:

EMAIL:

DO YOU OR HAVE YOU HAD ANY PHYSICAL IMPAIRMENTS WHICH WOULD PREVENT YOU FROM PERFORMING YOUR JOB? IF YES PLEASE EXPLAIN:

IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT PLEASE NOTIFY:

NAME:

RELATIONSHIP:

DAYTIME TELEPHONE NUMBER (S):

AFTER 5:00 P.M. TELEPHONE NUMBER (S):

EMAIL:

I have read or have had read to me the Safety Procedures Manual and I understand the Information it contains.

SIGNATURE: D DATE:

168

AERIAL/SCISSOR LIFT INSPECTION CHECKLISt

Appendix 6-A

CHECKLIST STATE DATE: CHECKLIST END DATE: SHIFT:

SERIAL NUMBER:

MODEL NUMBER:

RENTAL UNIT: YES NO

ARIAL LIFT: SCISSOR LIFT:

A - Indicates Attention Needed X – Indicates Acceptable N/A – Not Applicable

DAY OF WEEK MON. TUE. WED. THUR. FRI. SAT. SUN.

DECALS: LEGIBILITY BENT BEAM MEMBERS or BROKEN WELDS ALL FRAME BOLTS TIGHT WHEEL BOLTS & NUTS TIGHT & COTTERS UPPER CYL. IN PLACE & SECURE LOWER CYL. IN PLACE & SECURE EMERGENCY DOWN CABLE SECURE EMERGENCY DOWN OPERATIONAL MAINTENANCE LOCKS SECURE & OPERATIONAL BOLTS ON SCISSORS MOUNTING BLOCKS ALL GUARD RAILS IN PLACE BROKEN WELDS OR BENT RAILS ENTRANCE GATE CLOSES FREELY CHAINS IN PLACE & LATCH PROPERLY EXT. PLATFORM OPERATE PROPERLY OUTRIGGERS WORK CORRECTLY TIRES and WHEELS EMERGENCY STOP BREAKS ALL CIRCUITS POTHOLE BARS OPERATE SMOOTHLY POTHOLE BARS LOCK IN PLACE POTHOLE BAR LIMIT SWITCHES ADJUSTED STEERING CYL. PINNED BRAKES OPERATIONAL BRAKE LOCK OPERATIONAL HYDROLICS LEVEL ENGINE OIL LEVEL OK OPERATORS HANDBOOK & ANSI COPY ON LIFT FULL BODY HARNESS & LANDYARD

COMMENTS:

SIGNATURE: __________________________________

169

CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT

Appendix 7-A

Date: Supervisor:

Jobsite:

Location & Description of Confined Space: Purpose of Entry:

Authorized Entrants:

Authorized Attendants:

Pre-Entry (See Safety Procedures)

1. Atmospheric Checks: Time am / pm

Oxygen _%

Flammability _% L.F.L.

Hydrogen Sulfide _Parts Per Million (PPM)

Carbon Monoxide _Parts Per Million (PPM)

2. Source isolation (NO Entry): N/A Yes No Pumps or lines blanked, disconnected or locked out ( ) ( ) ( )

3. Ventilation Modification: Mechanical ( ) ( ) ( ) Natural Ventilation Only ( ) ( ) ( )

4. Atmospheric check after isolation and ventilation: Oxygen % greater than 19.5% but less than 23.5%

Explosive % L.F.L. less than 10% Toxic

PPM less than 10 PPM H2S

Carbon Monoxide PPM less than 50 PPM

Entry (See Safety Procedures) Yes No

1. Has safety meeting been held with all entry and monitoring personnel? ( ) ( ) 2. Equipment? N/A Yes No

Direct reading gas monitor tester ( ) ( ) ( )

Safety harness and lifelines for entry ( ) ( ) ( )

Hoisting equipment ( ) ( ) ( )

Communication equipment ( ) ( ) ( )

Personal protective equipment ( ) ( ) ( )

Protective clothing ( ) ( ) ( )

ENTRY AUTHORIZATION

All actions and/or conditions for safe entry have been performed.

Person in Charge of Entry:

ENTRY CANCELLATION

Entry has been completed and all entrants have exited permit space.

Person in Charge of Entry:

PLEASE PRINT PLEASE PRINT

170

BODY HARNESS & LANYARD INSPECTION REPORT

Appendix 8-A

Inspector: Date: Job Name: Location:

Instructions:

1. All parts of the body harness and its attachments must be inspected for wear and damage.

2. This ✓ symbol is for YES or OK. This X symbol is for NO or REPLACE.

3. Inspect and document monthly. 4. Maintain the completed inspection report so that

it is readily available to the Safety representative.

Ha

rne

ss W

eb

bin

g a

nd/o

r Leath

er

All

Stitc

hin

g

Riv

ets

& E

yele

ts

D-R

ing(s

) &

Bu

ckle

(s)

if a

pplic

able

Lanyard

& D

ecele

ration D

evic

e

Hook S

afe

ty L

atc

h

Cert

ific

ation o

r D

ata

Tag

Pe

rso

nally

Ow

ned B

ody H

arn

ess

Employee Name

Harness Serial Number

Lanyard Serial Number

SUBMITTED BY

Print Name Signature Date

171

OSHA INSPECTION QUESTIONAIRE FORM

Appendix 9-A

“Confidential Attorney Work Product - Made in Anticipation of Litigation.” (Also, include this phrase at the top of any notes taken.)

1. Jobsite: Job #:

Date of Inspection: Time:

Name of Compliance Officer:

Office Address of Compliance Officer:

Your Name:

2. Opening Conference: Date: Time:

Persons in attendance and company affiliation:

1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

3. Did you attempt to contact the Safety Director? Yes No

What was the result?

4. Did the Compliance Officer have a search warrant? Yes No

Was the inspection based on an employee complaint? Yes No

If yes, what was the complaint relating to?

5. How long did the inspection take?

6. Were there any photographs, videos, or samples taken? (Monitoring of air/noise or other substance)

Yes No

Details:

172

Appendix 9-A

7. Were you advised of any apparent violations? Yes No

8. Did the Compliance Officer state that a citation would be issued. Yes

No

9. List the specific standard number(s) that was stated by the Compliance Officer:

1)

2)

3)

4)

10. Other problems that were noticed by you but not by the Compliance Officer:

1)

2)

3)

4)

11. Your general comments about the inspection and the Compliance Officer: 12. Closing Conference Date: Time:

Persons in attendance and company affiliation:

1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

173

EMPLOYEE AUTHORIZATION FOR MOTOR VEHICLE REPORT (MVR) REVIEW FORM

Appendix 10-A

I acknowledge that the information contained in the PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Vehicle Fleet Safety Policy has been reviewed with me and a copy of the policy and driver rules have been furnished to me. As a driver of a company vehicle or any motor vehicle used to conduct company-related business I understand that it is my responsibility to operate the vehicle in a safe manner and to drive defensively to prevent injuries and property damage.

I also understand that PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. or its designated agent will periodically review my Motor Vehicle Record (MVR) to determine continued eligibility to drive a company vehicle or any motor vehicle used to conduct company related business. In accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act, I have been informed that a Motor Vehicle Record will be periodically obtained on me for continued employment purposes.

I acknowledge the receipt of the above disclosure and authorize PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. or its designated agent to obtain a Motor Vehicle Record report. This authorization is valid as long as I am an employee or employee candidate and may only be rescinded in writing.

Employee’s Name:

Employee’s Driver’s License Number:

Employee’s Date of Birth:

State of Driver’s License Issue:

Expiration Date:

Employee’s Signature: Date:

Reviewers Signature: Date:

(Please sign and retain the original copy in the employee’s file.)

174

Appendix 11-A

ASBESTOS SUBCONTRACTOR PRE-PROJECT CHECKLIST

A. Abatement Contractor (AC) is pre-qualified with our insurance carrier. Yes No

B. AC has submitted the following information:

1. Complete insurance and bonding documents Yes No

2. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Registration Yes No

3. Proof of supervisor qualifications Yes No

4. Proof of Worker Training in Abatement Yes No

5. Physician's certification of each worker as fit to wear a respirator Yes No

6. Proof of respirator training Yes No

7. Baseline employee medical information, including

x-ray, spirometry, and pulmonary function Yes No

8. Landfill to be used - operator and location Yes No

9. Hygienist providing sampling services Yes No

10. Laboratory to be used for analysis

C. AC agrees all work and related activity will meet or exceed all standards and/or requirements set by the U.S. Government, Local Authorities, National Institute of Building Sciences, ANSI, American Industrial Hygiene Association, and other recognized standards organizations.

D. AC agrees to provide general contractor with records of all sampling, negative pressure readings,

leakages, and other significant events such as may occur.

Project Manager:

Abatement Contractor:

Date:

175

Appendix 10-A

LOCK OUT/TAG OUT LOG FORM Appendix 12-A

Equipment Description:

Employee Name Lock # Column# Company Date Telephone

Number

176

Appendix 13-A

POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCK INSPECTION FORM

Truck ID#: Make: Date: ________________

Hour meter reading: Start: End: ____________________

Place an O.K. Place an O.K. in the correct column if the item is without defect

DEFECTS REPORTED TO _________________________________________________________

OPERATOR’S SIGNATURE: ___________________________________ __________

Item

Start of

Shift

During Shift

End of Shift

Comments if not O.K.

Data Plate

Lights

Brakes-Service/Parking

Horn

Reverse & Warning Devices

Steering

Controls/Gauges

Hydraulic System

Check Fluid Levels

Tire Condition

Mast Assembly

Forks/Adjusting Slides

Seat Belt

Exhaust System

177

Appendix 14-A

QUARTERLY PORTABLE LADDER INSPECTION FORM

Date of Inspection: Name of Inspector:

Ladder Identification:

Type of Ladder: ( ) Extension ( ) Step

Construction of Ladder: ( ) Wood ( ) Aluminum ( ) Fiberglass

General Serviceable Defective* Not Applicable

Loose steps or rungs (can be moved by hand) Loose Nails, screws, bolts, or other materials Cracked, split, or broken uprights, braces, steps. or rungs Slivers on uprights, rungs, or steps Rungs, cleats, and steps are uniformly spaced at 12” (+/-2”) Rungs/steps missing Rungs/steps on metal ladders corrugated or knurled Free from grease, oil, or slippery materials Wooden parts free from splinters, cracks, decay Wooden ladders cannot have opaque coatings Joints between rungs and side rails tight (cannot be moved by hand)

Movable parts operate freely Damaged or worn non-slip bases Rails free from cracks/splitting Loose nails/screws/rivets Stepladders

Wobbly (from loose or worn parts when in the open position) Do not exceed twenty (20) feet in length Loose or bent hinge spreaders Broken stop on hinge spreaders Sharp edges on spreaders Loose hinges Extension Ladders

Loose, broken, or missing extension locks Defective locks that do not seat properly when ladder is extended Frayed or worn rope Single section ladders do not exceed thirty (30) feet in length Two-section extension ladders do not exceed forty (48) feet in length (metal ladders) or sixty (60) feet in length (wood ladders)

Ladders with more than two (2) sections do not exceed sixty (60) feet in length

Comments

178

SUBCONTRACTOR SAFETY INQUIRY FORM Appendix 15-A

Company Name: Date:

Part 1 Yes No

1. Does your company have a written safety & health policy? If not, please explain.

2. Are personnel held accountable for safety performance? Describe accountability system.

3. Does your company have a method of disseminating safety information? If so, how often? Describe method and who is included.

4. Are formal injury investigations conducted for injuries to your employees?

5. Will your company have a representative or an employee on site whenever work is in progress who can effectively communicate with all contractor’s employees?

6. Does your company have a new employee safety orientation program?

7. Does your company have an employee safety training program? If yes, please check the items listed below that are covered and indicate the frequency of training. If not covered, please explain.

Yes

Frequency

No

Confined Space Entry

Fire Extinguisher

OSHA Respiratory Protection

Crane Operation

OSHA Hazard Communication

Powered Industrial Truck

Aerial and Scissor Lift

OSHA Fall Protection

OSHA Excavation/Trenching

OSHA Electrical Safety

OSHA Lockout/Tagout

OSHA Personal Protective Equipment

OSHA Silica

First Aid/CPR

List other safety training:

Yes No

Do you have a safety manual that includes safety procedures or safety rules? If not, please explain. (DO NOT furnish a copy of the safety manual.)

179

SAFETY INQUIRY FORM (Continued)

Appendix 15-A

Part II – Definitions

MEDICAL TREATMENT: Treatment administered by physicians, registered professional personnel, or non-medical personnel. Medical treatment does not include first aid treatment (one-time treatment and subsequent observation of minor injuries, which do not ordinarily require medical care) even if provided by professional personnel. Medical treatment includes loss of consciousness or incidents that require more than one dose of prescription medication. LOST WORKDAY CASE: A work related injury or illness that affects the inured or ill employee to the extent that; (1) lost time days must be taken off from the job for medical treatment or recuperation. RESTRICTED DUTY: The employee is unable to perform all normal job duties over a normal

work shift, even though the employee may be able to continue working. EXPOSURE HOURS: Total number of actual hours worked for all employees of your

company during the reporting period.

COMPLETE ALL DATA: Provide explanation for any data lines left blank. – This information should be available on your OSHA 300 log.

Division, branch, subsidiary, etc. of your business for which this data applies.

7. Three previous Calendar Years (Do not include partial years.)

20

20

20

2. Average Number of Employees

3. Workers’ Compensation Insurance Modification Rate (See your insurance carrier for this information.)

4. Number of Medical Treatment Only Cases* (Do not include these cases in Number of Lost or Restricted Workday Cases.)

5. Number of Lost Workday Cases** (Do not include Restricted Workday Cases.)

6. Number of Lost Workdays from # 5 above.

7. Number of Restricted Workday Cases ***

8. Number of Restricted Workdays from # 7 above.

9. Number of Fatalities

10. Exposure Hours****

Part III – Safety Contact Print Name Address

Signature City, State, Zip

Title Telephone Number Fax Number

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Rev. October 2017 180

E N E R G I Z E D ELECTRICAL W O R K P E R M I T

Appendix 16-A

Job Number: Job Name:

Equipment/Machine to be Locked Out and Tagged Out:

Equipment and/or Circuits to be worked on energized:

Date(s) of work to be performed:

Work to be performed:

Energy Source and Location:

Is it possible to reschedule work at a later date when equipment may be de-energized? Yes No

Statement of why equipment cannot be de-energized:

Hazards (risk to personnel, property, production):

Results of Shock/Flash Hazard Analysis:

Hazard Risk Category: Flash Protection Boundary: __ _

Limited Approach Boundary:

Restricted Approach Boundary: _

Employee(s) who will be performing the energized work

Have employees been properly trained? Yes No

Have affected employees been notified of procedures and hazards? Yes No Date of Notification:

Competent person assigned: Date of Notification:

List personal protective equipment needed:

Date equipment (gloves, blankets) last tested: Inspected by:

Has the Pro Electric, L.C. Safety Director been consulted on the Energized Work requirements? Yes No

*THE SAFETY DIRECTOR MUST BE CONTACTED PRIOR TO ALL ENERGIZED WORK.

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. Rev. October 2017 181

E N E R G I Z E D W O R K P E R M I T (cont’d)

Appendix 16-A

Hazard Analysis Performed by: _ Date:

Authorized PRO Electric L.C. Safety Director approval* _ Date:

Authorized PRO Electric L.C. Jobsite Supervisor approval*: Date:

Authorized Customer Representative approval* _ Date:

* Customer Representative understands all risks: injury, damage and loss of production associated with energized work.

*The PRO Electric L.C. Safety Director shall be contacted for authorization to perform work on anything 600 V or above.

*Signatures are required for compliance as stated in NFPA 70E-2018 110.3 Host and Contract Employers’ Responsibilities; (A) Host Employer Responsibilities.

(1) The host employer shall inform contract employers of the following: (1). Known hazards that are covered by this standard, that are related to the contract employer’s work,

and that might not be recognized by the contract employer or its employees. (2). Information about the employer’s installation that the contract employer needs to make the assessments

required by Chapter 1. (B) Contract Employer Responsibilities.

(1) The contract employer shall ensure that each of his or her employees is instructed in the hazards communicated to the Contract employer by the host employer. This instruction shall be in addition to the basic training required by this

standard. (2) The contract employer shall ensure that each of his or her employees follows the work practices required by this Standard and safety-related work rules required by the host employer.

(3) The contract employer shall advise the host employer of the following: a. Any unique hazards presented by the contract employer’s work, b. Hazards identified during the course of work by the contract employer that were not communicated by the host.

c. The measures the contractor took to correct any violations reported by the host employer under 110.3(A)(2) and to prevent such violation from recurring in the future

And NFPA 70E-2018 130.1(B)(2) Energized Work Permit: (2) Elements of Work Permit. The energized electrical work permit shall include, but not be limited to, the following items:

. . . (11) Energized work approval (authorizing or responsible management, safety officer, or owner, etc.) signature(s)

Approach Boundaries to Live Parts for Shock Protection Distances from energized circuit parts or conductors to any part of the worker

Nominal System Voltage Limited Approach Boundary Range, Phase to Phase Exposed

Movable Conductor

Exposed Fixed Circuit Part

Restricted Approach Boundary

Less than 50 Not specified Not specified Not specified

50V to 150V 10 ft 0 in 3 ft 6 in Avoid contact 151V to 750V 10 ft 0 in 3 ft 6 in 1 ft 0 in 751V to 15 kV 10 ft 0 in 5 ft 0 in 2 ft 2 in

15.1 kV to 36 kV 10 ft 0 in 6 ft 0 in 2 ft 7 in

36.1 kV to 46 kV 10 ft 0 in 8 ft 0 in 2 ft 9 in

_ _

PRE-TASK ANALYSIS (Complete prior to the start of each shift.)

Appendix 17-A

Date: Job Number:

Supervisor: Safety Reviewer:

Work Task Description:

Check the appropriate classification(s) of risk associated with the work task activity:

Chemical Hazards – Inhalation, Skin Contact, Absorption, Injection, Ingestion

Biological Hazards – Bloodborne Pathogens, Mold, Valley Fever, Plan/Insect/Animal

Physical Hazards – Electrical, Fire, Explosion, Noise, Radiation, Thermal Stress, Pinch Point, Line of

Fire, Slips, Trips, Falls Strike Against/Struck By Ergonomic Hazards – Repetition, Forceful exertion, Awkward Posture, Contract Stress, Vibration, Work

Area Design Discuss the following questions for each work task. Check the hazards below and refer to the AHJ.

1. What could go wrong? 3. How likely is it to happen?

2. How bad could it be? 4. What do we do to prevent it?

Hazardous Materials…………………………………. If “yes” Safety Data Sheets (SDS’S) reviewed. Emergency Procedures……………………………... Assembly point established……………….….……. Falls………………………………………………………. ….. Temperature extremes………………………….……. Struck by; (falling/moving objects) ………….... Lifts……………………………………………………………… Caught in/between (pinch points) ……………… Scaffolding Competent Person Training………. Electrical (lockout/tag out) …………………….... Confined Space Competent Person Training…. Rigging/Material Handling………………………… Excavation Competent Person Training………… Other:

Required Personal Protective Equipment

Silica Competent Person Training…………………. Other:

Hard hat ……………………………………………………... Breathing protection……………………………………. Safety glasses with side shields.…………….…… Hand protection…………………………………………… Shield/goggles/added eye protection…….…… Hearing protection………………………………………. Foot protection (Substantial leather shoes) … Clothing protection………………….…………………. Crew Signatures:

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. 182 Rev. October 17

JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS

Appendix 18-A

Job Number:

Page 1 of 8 THIS IS A GENERAL START UP PLAN THAT IS REQUIRED FOR THE START OF EVERY JOB

Review all hazards and use the ones that apply to the job. (REVIEW ONCE WEEKLY AT MINIMUM OR AS CONDITIONS CHANGE)

ADD YOUR OWN COMMENTS AND REMARKS THAT ARE SPECIFIC TO THE JOB

WORK TASK ACTIVITY

POTENTIAL SAFETY/HEALTH

HAZARD

HAZARD CONTROL METHODS

CONTINGENCY PLAN

Emergency Contact Information Job Specific

CRUCIAL MINUTES LOST THAT MY BE NEEDED TO SUSTAIN LIFE

Location of nearest phone Know contact information

KNOW CLOSEST HOSPITAL LOCATION OR MEDICAL

FACILITY REPORT ACCIDENTS

In case of an emergency

Superintendents and Project Foreman will have cell phones In Plant Phone: ( )

ADDITIONAL CONTACT NAMES AND NUMBERS DO NOT HANG UP UNTIL TOLD TO DO SO!

Give Operator

Name:

Location:

Emergency:

Safety Orientation and Training Job Specific Plants

Safety Personal OSHA’s

Calcification of Work Area

CHECK CATEGORIES THAT APPLY

Construction 29 CFR 1926:

General Industry 29 CFR 1910:

NOT KNOWING YOUR HAZARDS CAN BE DEADLY. USE THIS TIME TO ASK ABOUT YOUR SURROUNDINGS REGARDING PLANT OPERATIONS.

Prior to project startup all employees will attend a safety orientation given by plant

relating to site specific issues. Weekly safety toolbox talks will be held

by PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. All employees and all subcontractors on

this project must attend. Topics discussed will be relevant to the

work being done. Records will be kept on all safety orientations and weekly

toolbox talks.

REVIEW PRIOR TO CHANGE IN JOB TASK OR IFJOB HAZARDS CHANGE

183

Appendix 18-A

Job Hazard Analysis (cont’d) Page 2 of 8

WORK TASK ACTIVITY


HAZARD


CONTINGENCY PLAN

Required Personal Protective Equipment

PUNCTURE WOUNDS, CUTS

and BUMPS CONCUSSIONS STRUCK BY FALLS FOREIGN MATERIAL IN EYES CRUSHED TOES

ANSI approved hard hats and safety

glasses with side shields must be worn at all times. All eye protection must be

ANSI Z – 87.1 approved. Safety Sleeves and gloves where appropriate. Safety

harnesses. Leather shoes at a minimum.

Steel toed shoes where required

Hard hats, safety glasses and

leather work shoes is required at all times.

MATERIAL, CHEMICALS and GASES

MATERIAL COLLAPSING OR FALLING TOXIC FUMES AND SPILLS FIRES AND EXPLOSIONS

MOVE MATERIAL OR WORK AREA LOCATION

REMOVE, COVER OR PROTECT IN OTHER WAYS

VENTILATE AREA PROTECT FROM SPARKS

SCHEDULE WORK AT A LATER DATE REMOVE HAZARDS

SCISSOR LIFTS AERIAL BOOM LIFTS ONE MAN LIFTS

FALLS CRUSHING BACKS INJURIES ELECTROCUTION TIP OVER’S DO TO ELEVATION CHANGES

PPE-(FULL BODY HARNESS WITH SHOCK ABSORBING LANYARD WITH

100% TIE OFF IN BOOM LIFTS, SCISSOR LIFTS AS REQUIRED)

TRAINING ORIENTATION, ENFORCEMENT PRE-EVALUATION OF JOB AND AREA OF OPERATION

FULL VIEW OF AREA WHEN MOVING, USE SPOTTER IN TIGHT AREAS BARRICADING AS NECESSARY

USE PROPER LIFTING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

USE PROPER ENTRY AND EXIT METHODS

USE SAFE DISTANCES AS PRESCRIBED BY OSHA

REVIEW AREA PRIOR TO MOVEMENT

Aerial Lift Training/ Certification Barricade areas or place cones out for lift clearance ground man WALK AREA PRIOR TO USING LIFTS LOCK OUT ENTERGIZED EQUIPMENT STAY 10 FEET AWAY FROM HIGH VOLTAGE

184

Appendix 18-A


WORK TASK ACTIVITY POTENTIAL

SAFETY/HEALTH HAZARD


CONTINGENCY PLAN

WORKING AT HEIGHTS

(IN EXCESS OF 6’ ) for

Construction

OSHA STANDARD 1926

(IN EXCESS OF 4’ ) for

General Industry

OSHA STANDARD 1910

FALLS FALLING OBJECTS CRUSHING ELECTROCUTION

PPE (HARNESSES, LANYARDS) WITH DOUBLE LANYARDS TO ENSURE 100% TIE OFF. VISUAL INSPECT BEFORE EACH USE TOOLS, POCKETS BUCKETS, COVER OVER

HOLES TOE BOARD AND GUARD RAILS FOR

LEADING EDGES PROPER DISTANCE, &/OR LOCKOUT/TAGOUT OF POTENTIAL

HAZARDOUS ENERGY COVER OVER HOLES THAT ARE 2 INCHES OR MORE AND LABEL WITH THE WORDS

HOLE

BARRICADE OFF WORK AREAS, STAY THE PROPER DISTANCE FROM LEADING EDGE, CONSIDER YOUR ELEVATED HEIGHT TIE- OFF AND CONSIDER THE LENGTH OF YOUR TIE- OFF POINT TO LANYARD

MANUAL MATERIAL HANDLING AMPUTATIONS LACERATIONS EYE INJURIES FALLS STRAINS AND SPRAINS HERNIA

TRAINING ORIENTATION, ENFORCEMENT

OF SAFETY RULES, PROPER USE OF EQUIPMEMT, GLOVES, PROPER

CLOTHING, PPE (SAFETY GLASSES & SIDE SHIELDS)

HOUSEKEEPING PROPER LIFTING METHODS, USE OF PROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT GET

HELP IF NEEDED

USE MECHANICAL OR

MOBILE EQUIPMENT FOR HOISTING AND LIFTING TO AVOID MANUAL LIFTING IF POSSIBLE

USE CHAIN FALLS, FORK LIFTS, (EXT;)

GANG BOX USE (OPENING/CLOSING LIDS)

(TRANSPORTING)

FOOT/LEG INJURIES

SPRAINS/STRAINS AMPUTATIONS

CRUSHING

HERNIA

NEVER PULL TOOL BOX – PUSH ONLY! GUIDE FROM SIDE

USE PROPER LIFTING EQUIPMENT OPEN LIDS WITH HELP, MAINTAIN SHOCK

ABSORBERS AS NECESSARY NEVER LOAD OR UNLOAD BY YOURSELF LOCK HINGE IN OPEN POSITION WHEN IN

USE

FORK LIFTS (EXT ;)

USE MULTIPLE PEOPLE

185

Appendix 18-A


WORK TASK ACTIVITY POTENTIAL

SAFETY/HEALTH HAZARD


CONTINGENCY PLAN

WALKING, WORKING SURFACES

SLIPS BROKEN BONES BACK INJURIES FALLS PUNCTURE WOUNDS

GOODHOUSEKEEPING–DEBRIS/WET, OIL ETC PAY ATTENTION TO TERRAIN WATCH

SMALL ELEVATION CHANGES, USE LADDER, STAIRS, Ramps FOR ELEVATION

CHANGES OVER 16” LOCKOUT/TAGOUT AS NECESSARY

PULL OR BEND OVER ALL NAILS AVOID WORKING ON OR AROUND SLICK

SURFACES

USE PROPER SOLES, GLOVES AND OTHER PPE FOR WORKING CONDITIONS

PORTABLE LADDER USE SLIPS AND FALLS LOSS OF BALANCE

ELECTROCUTION

USE PROPER SIZE LADDER TO PREVENT USING TOP TWO (2) RUNGS OR TOP OF STEP LADDERS.

USE FIBERGLASS ONLY KEEP BELT BUCKLE BETWEEN RUNGS OF

LADDERS AT ALL TIMES. KEEP AWAY FROM DOORWAYS AND/OR

BARRICADE Inspect all ladders prior to use.

Maintain three (3) point contact while working on ladders.

Tie off above six (6) foot rule for Construction 1926, four (4) foot General Industry 1910 Tie off to approved anchor points Tie off lanyard above your head

Tie off with approved D rings or other approved equipment.

Ladders must be stood up with braces locked into place.

Do not lean step ladders on equipment or walls. Scaffold to be approved and inspected before use. USE OF ALUMINUM LADDERS NOT PERMITTED

LOCK OUT ENERGIZED EQUIPMENT USE THE CORRECT LADDER FOR THE JOB USE LIFT IF POSSIBLE

STAY A MINIMUM OF TEN (10) FEET AWAY FROM HIGH VOLTAGE

186

Appendix 18-A


WORK TASK ACTIVITY


HAZARD


CONTINGENCY PLAN

ELECTRICAL EXTENSION CORDS

ELECTROCUTION ASSURED GROUNDING PROGRAM/GFCI WHEN USED INSPECT CORD & PLUGS

12-2 WITH GROUND OR BETTER, NO INCANDESCENT TROUBLE LIGHTS PERMITTED

CORD WITH SEALED END ONLY

USE ONLY CORDS FREE OF

CUTS AND ABRASIONS ALL

CORDS TO HAVE 3 PRON

GS PORTABLE POWERED

TOOLS ELECTROCUTION AMPUTATIONS FOREIGN BODY BURNS CUTS NOISE

GFCI OR ASSURED GROUNDING, PPE TAG AND REMOVE DEFECTIVE TOOLS PPE,

SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELDS FULL FACE, FACE SHIELDS FOR GRINDERS AND HOT

SAWS ALL PPE REQUIRED, GUARDS, CLOTHING, VISUAL INSPECTION MAINTAIN AND ADJUSTMENT CORD

WITH SEALED END AND FREE OF ABRASIONS ONLY TRAINING, PROPER USAGE, PPE, GUARDS

USE ONLY DOUBLE

INSULATED TOOLS WITH GOOD CORDS

WITH A GROUND IF AROUND WATER

USE BATTERY OPERATED TOOLS

PERMIT REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE NOTIFY SAFETY PRIOR TO ENTRY

SUFFOCATION ENGULFMENT CRUSHED OR EVEN DEATH LONG TERM OR SHORT-TERM HEALTH PROBLEMS

AIR MONITORING 3 LEVELS: HIGH, MIDDLE AND LOW, EVERY FOUR (4) FEET

FORCED AIR VENTILATION LOCK OUT MOVING EQUIPMENT

LOCK OUT OR BLANK OFF PIPING RETRIEVAL SYSTEM

MONITOR AIR CONDITIONS CONTINUOUSLY WATCH FOR CHANGING CONDITIONS AROUND THE AREA

CONFINED SPACE PROGRAM SPECIFIC TRAINING FOR THE SPACE TO BE

INTERRED CONFINED SPACE RESCUE TEAM

FIRST: ELIMINATE THE HAZARD BY REMOVING OR CHANGING THE CONDITIONS SECOND: FULL FACE RESPIRATOR WITH OR WITHOUT SUPPLIED AIR DEPENDING ON HAZARD YOU HAVE TO BE FIT TESTED FOR BOTH (WE DO NOT GO IN IF HAZARDS EXIST AND CANNOT BE CONTROLLED)

187

Appendix 18-A


WORK TASK ACTIVITY


HAZARD


CONTINGENCY PLAN

CONFINED SPACE NONE EXIST ALL HAZARDS HAVE BEEN REMOVED

MONITOR AIR FORCED AIR VENTILATION

MONITOR AIR CONDITIONS CONTINUOUSLY WATCH FOR CHANGING CONDITIONS

AROUND THE AREA

IF HAZARDS EXIST

IT CHANGES TO A PERMIT REQUIRED

CONFINED SPAC

E EXCAVATION AND TRENCHES ENGULFMENT

CRUSHED OR EVEN DEATH SUFFOCATION

BENCHING BASED ON SOIL TYPES STABLE ROCK NONE FRACTURED =

VERTICAL (90°) TYPE A = ¾:1 (53°) TYPE B = 1:1 (45°)

TYPE C = 1 ½:1 (34°) SHORING TRENCH BOXES 4 FEET &

DEEPER MEANS OF EGRESS EVERY 25 FEET

ANYTHING OVER 20 FEET HAS TO BE DESIGNED BY AN ENGINEER

BARRICADE OFF AREA STAY CLEAR FROM EQUIPMENT INSPECT

ALL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO EACH USE

IF POSSIBLE, CHANGE A TRENCH TO AN EXCAVATION REPLACE WORN EQUIPMENT

HAND TOOLS FOREIGN BODY STRUCK BY AMPUTATIONS CUTS FRACTURES SLIPS

PPE, SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE SHIELDS,

TAG AND REMOVE DEFECTIVE TOOLS PPE, SAFETY GLASSES WITH SIDE

SHIELDS, TRAINING, PROPER USE OF HAND TOOLS

FIRM GRIP OF TOOLS PROPER USE OF HAND TOOLS

USE THE PROPER TOOL

FOR THE JOB AT HAND

WRENCHES TO MAINTAIN GOOD JAWS REPLACE AS NEEDED

SIGNATURE PAGE ON PAGE 7

188

SIGN AND DATE:

Appendix 18-A

Job Hazard Analysis (SIGNATURE PAGE) Page 7 of 8

X (PRINTED NAME) (SIGNATURE) (DATE)








189

Appendix 18-A

Job Hazard Analysis (SIGNATURE PAGE) Page 8 of 8

SIGN AND DATE:









190


Hot Work Being Done By Employee Contractor

Date Job/Work Order No.

Location/Building and Floor

Nature of Job/Object

Name of Person(s) Doing Hot Work

I verify the above location has been examined, the precautions checked on the Required Precautions Checklist have been taken to prevent fire, and permission is authorized for work.

Signature of Permit-Authorizing Individual

HOT WORK PERMIT Appendix 19-A

CAN THIS JOB BE DONE WITHOUT HOT WORK, OR IN THE SHOP?

IF NOT, ENSURE PRECAUTIONS ARE IN PLACE! MAKE SURE SPRINKLERS ARE IN SERVICE AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ARE READILY AVAILABLE!

This Hot Work Permit is required for any operation involving open flames or producing heat and/or sparks. This includes, but is not limited to, Brazing, Cutting, Grinding, Soldering, Thawing Pipe, Torch-Applied Roofing, and Welding.

Note: The Required Precautions are not optional. They are required for fire-safe hot work. Please explain all “No” responses below.

Instructions Required Precautions Checklist

The Permit-Authorizing Individual must: Available Sprinklers in Normal Automatic mode and valve open. a) Verify precautions listed at right (or do not

proceed with the work) Hot Work equipment in good repair.

b) Complete and retain this page Assess 35 foot radial “sphere” of work for potential fire hazards: c) Give the second page to the person doing Floors, work level and below, cleaned or protected.

the work. All other combustibles removed or shielded from sparks.

Who, When, and Where? • Clean horizontal surfaces (e.g. building structures, equipment, ducts, cable trays, etc.) above and below where possible.

• Remove flammable liquids, dust, lint, combustible waste, oil deposits, etc., where possible.

• If removal/cleaning is impractical, protect with fire-retardant covers, or shield with fire-retardant guards and/or curtains.

Transmission or conveying of sparks to adjacent areas eliminated or protected.

• Tightly cover wall/floor openings with fire-retardant material.

• Where openings cannot be sealed, suspend fire-retardant tarpaulins to help protect areas beneath.

• Isolate or shut down fans and conveyors to prevent the capturing and conveying sparks to other areas.

Explosive atmosphere eliminated or potential not present.

Work on walls, ceilings or enclosed equipment: Construction materials verified as noncombustible and without combustible covering or insulation. Combustibles on other side of walls relocated or protected. Enclosed equipment cleaned and protected from all combustibles. Containers purged of flammable liquids/vapors.

Fire watch/hot work area monitoring requirements: Continuous fire watch provided during and for at least 30 minutes after

Permit Expiration hot work, including all breaks.

Expiration Date Expiration Time AM Fire watch supplied with suitable extinguishers/hoses. Fire watch trained in the use of fire equipment and sounding alarm.

PM Area to be monitored hourly for a minimum six (6) hours after job is

completed, or longer if required.

Name of Assigned Fire Watch Other precautions that may be required:

Fire watch provided for adjoining areas, above, or below. Confined Space or Lock-Out-Tag-Out required/used. Area smoke or heat detection disabled to eliminate false trip.

Other:

THIS PERMIT IS GOOD FOR Comments:

24 HOURS ONLY!


Pro Electric, L.C. HOT WORK PERMIT

5320 Speaker Road Kansas City, Kansas 66106 Appendix 19-A

WARNING! HOT WORK IN PROGRESS

WATCH FOR FIRE! Instructions 1. Person doing hot work: Indicate time started and post

permit at hot work location. After hot work, indicate time completed and leave permit posted for Fire Watch.

2. Fire Watch: Prior to leaving area, do final inspection, sign, leave permit posted and notify Permit- Authorizing Individual.

3. Monitor: After 6 hours, do final inspection, sign, and return to designated area.

Who, When, and Where?

Required Precautions Checklist (must be retained as record of hot work activity for 6 months minimum)

Available Sprinklers in Normal Automatic mode and valve open. Hot Work equipment in good repair.

Assess 35 foot radial “sphere” of work for potential fire hazards: Floors, work level and below, cleaned or protected. All other combustibles removed or shielded from sparks.

• Clean horizontal surfaces (e.g. building structures, equipment, ducts, cable trays, etc.) above and below where possible.

• Remove flammable liquids, dust, lint, combustible waste, oil deposits, etc., where possible.

• If removal/cleaning is impractical, protect with fire-retardant covers, or shield with fire-retardant guards and/or curtains.

Transmission or conveying of sparks to adjacent areas eliminated or protected.

• Tightly cover wall/floor openings with fire-retardant material.

• Where openings cannot be sealed, suspend fire-retardant tarpaulins to help protect areas beneath.

• Isolate or shut down fans and conveyors to prevent the capturing and conveying sparks to other areas.

Explosive atmosphere eliminated or potential not present.

Work on walls, ceilings or enclosed equipment: Construction materials verified as noncombustible and without combustible covering or insulation. Combustibles on other side of walls relocated or protected. Enclosed equipment cleaned and protected from all combustibles. Containers purged of flammable liquids/vapors.

Fire watch/hot work area monitoring requirements: Continuous fire watch provided during and for at least 30 minutes after hot work, including all breaks. Fire watch supplied with suitable extinguishers/hoses. Fire watch trained in the use of fire equipment and sounding alarm. Area to be monitored hourly for a minimum 6 hours after job is

completed, or longer if required.

Other precautions that may be required:

Fire watch provided for adjoining areas, above, or below. Confined Space or Lock-Out-Tag-Out required/used. Area smoke or heat detection disabled to eliminate false trip.

Other: Comments:

Hot Work Being Done By Employee Contractor

Date Job/Work Order No.

Location/Building and Floor

Nature of Job/Object

Name of Person(s) Doing Hot Work

I verify the above location has been examined, the precautions checked on the Required Precautions Checklist have been taken to prevent fire, and permission is authorized for work.

Signature of Permit-Authorizing Individual

Time Started AM Time Finished AM

PM PM

Expiration Date Expiration Time AM PM

Work area and all adjacent areas to which sparks and heat might have spread were inspected during the fire watch period and were found fire safe.

Signature of Fire Watch Time

Work area was monitored for a minimum of six (6) hours following hot work and found fire

Signature of Monitor Time


Appendix 19-A

Pro Electric, L.C. Telephone: (913) 621-6611 Fax: (913) 621-0843 Website: www.proelectriclc.com

5320 Speaker Road, Kansas City, Kansas 66106

WARNING! HOT

WORK IN PROGRESS WATCH FOR FIRE!

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY:

CALL:

AT:

WARNING!

FIRE WATCH/MONITOR RECORD

Checked by (initials) Date Time Checked by (initials) Date Time

http://www.proelectric.com/

SILCA EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN Project Name:

(Please Print Clearly)

Appendix 20-A

Project No.:

Competent Person: Date: Time:

Source of Respirable Silica:

Description of task that may be affected by identified silica:

Personnel on the task or working in affected area: Silica Trained

1 Yes No

2 Yes No

3 Yes No

4 Yes No

5 Yes No

6 Yes No

7 Yes No

8 Yes No

9 Yes No

10 Yes No

Detailed description of method(s) used to protect worker(s) from exposure:

Housekeeping method(s) used to limit exposure:

Method to restrict access to affected area:

Respirator Protection:

Competent Person Signature Date


Appendix 21-A

Silica Medical Surveillance/Report Authorization Form

Employee Name: (Please Print Clearly) Employer Name: PRO ELECTRIC, L.C., 5320 Speaker Road, Kansas City, Kansas 66106

Your employer has made available to your medical examination for exposure to crystalline silica at no cost to you. This medical examination could reveal a medical condition that results in recommendations for (1) limitations on respirator use, (2) limitations on exposure to crystalline silica, or (3) examination by a specialist in pulmonary disease or occupational medicine.

The following results of this exam will be given to your employer:

(A) The date of the exam; (B) A statement that the exam met the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.1153; (C) Any limitation on your use of respirators.

I hereby authorize PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to provide the above medical surveillance as outlined in 29 CFR 1926.1153.

OR

I hereby do not authorize PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. to provide the above medical surveillance as outlined in 29 CFR 1926.1153.

If you want your employer to know additional information concerning your crystalline silica exposure or recommendations for a specialist examination, you will need to give authorization for the written opinion to the employer to include one or both of those recommendations.

I hereby authorize the opinion to PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. contain the following information, if relevant (please initial all that apply):

Recommendations for limitations on crystalline silica exposure.

Recommendation for a specialist examination.

OR

I do not authorize the opinion to the employer to contain anything other than recommended limitations on respirator use.

Please read and initial:

I understand that if I do not authorize my employer to receive the recommendation for specialist examination, the employer will not be responsible for arranging and covering costs of a specialist examination.

Employee Signature Date

PRO ELECTRIC, L.C. 195 Rev. August 20,21

Appendix 22 A

Field Rigging and Material Handling

This form should be filled out each time you use rigging equipment. The completed form should be turned into your Safety Manager weekly. This is required documentation.

Inspection: Before each use, all equipment included but not limited to hooks, shackles, slings, chockers, chains, attachments, fasteners, etc. must be inspected for damage or defects by a competent person. Damaged or defective equipment shall be immediately removed from service.

Competent Person Performing Inspection: _______________________________ Date: ______________

Jobsite/Location: _____________________________Task Being Preformed: _______________________

In certain weather conditions, consider stopping lift/activity.

YES NO N/A SHACKLES

Check for cracks, nicks and gouges Check for evidence of heat damage Check for deformation Check for excessive wear Check for damage from chemicals Is Safety Latch in place if applicable? Is Manufacturer’s ID and capacity clear?

YES NO N/A EYE BOLTS & SWIVEL HOIST RINGS Check for cracks, nicks and gouges Check for evidence of heat damage Check for deformation Check for excessive wear Check for damage from chemicals Is Safety Latch in place if applicable? Is Manufacturer’s ID and capacity clear?

YES NO N/A WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Check for wear or scraping of one third of original diameter of the outside diameter

Check for kinking, crushing, bird caging

Pro Electric, LC, 196 Rev :August 20,21

YES NO N/A RIGGING HOOKS Check for cracks, nicks and gouges Check for evidence of heat damage Check for deformation Check for excessive wear Check for damage from chemicals Is Safety Latch in place if applicable? Is Manufacturer’s ID and capacity clear?

Check for corrosion of rope or end attachments Check for end attachments being cracked, deformed, or worn Is capacity clearly labeled?

YES NO N/A ALLOY STEEL CHAIN SLINGS Check for Cracks, nicks and gouges Check for Evidence of heat damage Check for Deformation Check for Excessive Wear Check for Damage from Chemicals Is Safety Latch in Place if applicable? Is Manufacturer’s ID and capacity clear?

YES NO N/A METAL MESH SLINGS Check for broken wires Check for lack of flexibility due to distortion or rust

Check for Max 15% reduction of original cross section area of metal at any point around a handle eye

Check for Max 25% wire wear from abrasion Check for Max 15% wire wear from corrosion Is Manufacturer’s ID and capacity clear?

13

YES NO N/A READINESS FOR LIFTING LOAD

Has PJHA been completed for this task, attach with form

Have you reviewed daily conditions: weather, proximity to other works & other activities at site: put brief description below

Have clear picking and landing areas been established along with a clear path with no persons in this path: put brief description below

Who is involved in this lift and who is the ultimate lead authority for this procedure

Have you spoken to the lift/crane operator – how is their awareness, do they approve of the load being lifted, etc.

Do you have adequate form of communication: radio, hand signals, etc.

Are you aware of each load weight and load center, have you inspected the materials through the packaging – is load sturdy

Have you tested stability of this load – rigging it 1’ above ground to check for shifts in load before sending

How many lifts are to be made

Pro Electric, LC, 197 Rev: August 20,21

YES NO N/A SYNTHETIC WEB OR ROUND SLINGS See RED STITCHING –YOU’RE DEAD Immediately throw away. Check for acid or caustic burns Check for melting or charring Check for snags, punctures, tears Check for broken or worn stitching Check for excessive UV Ray damage Check for Manufacture ID, load, capacities, and original length.

safety health procedures manual

Documents